Home

HP LaserJet M3027MFP M3035MFP Service Manual

1. i 7 Door switch Fuser motor Laser scanner unit SW501 Me Main motor i 2o o3 Mii Scanner motor FT1 FT2 st oo af On i Mmg Laser driver PCA siete iil ae Jn J27 Oo u vlo e rrr y a I Jo o Je T l ry rr N w J28H Hjsjoja J21 U t I J12 J r ql ol o idl Baill d ba ial bac Lal ba onton ooon oy g 329z onnonnnHnrTT ST TTT eja o BB Ble BABDDDBADDHDADADAAGD sos T J018 BBB J407 J402 WTR Se toa gt 0 00 06 A Oo OUroDenoNTHO aS EEEE TEE aaa once ac ornate erstaastass INL101 m TESS B i zzzERQERBEZTE Gos S S ia a oe a 2al a Z ka sw101 1 ACH 2 AC N 3 FG m J103 a ao g g gg nE E E EN N g og Qa o P 52 Sz Ix Z O Z x E sareat g sipoo 923 gfFR o bpo ontoae QE S PRPRELSe Sag 0o07 B8a565 J505 HAH p J Je qola E fa F d 4 4 o al n lo fio s foo feu olal o o slolal n lololyloly RIL LILI DID 0 0 lalol J18 3l lalo falo J25 S J13 J20 amp z J19 ISTEP EIS LILT FM2 RK Xm J21 4h Sub fan PS4 PS1 motor Bin fu Rear output vee sensor bin sensor J24 E n250 a fo o os J1205 l 3 n2 Je el s e
2. 2 Print cartridge See Clear jams from the print cartridge area on page 219 3 Input trays See Clear jams from the input tray areas on page 220 4 Duplex path for two sided printing See Clear jams from the duplexer on page 222 5 Output bins See Clear jams from the output bin areas on page 223 ENWW Clear jams 215 Jam detection The device contains five sensors that verify whether or not media is transported smoothly through the device Figure 6 2 Jam detection sensors on page 216 shows the sensors PS4 V L 9 a8 PS502 Cc Figure 6 2 Jam detection sensors Delivery sensor Top of page sensor Output bin full sensor PS903 Media width sensor Duplex sensor The CPU on the ECU identifies jams by checking whether media is present during the printing process against media transport timing which is stored in memory When the CPU determines that a jam has occurred it stops the printing operation and sends a signal to the formatter so that the touchscreen can show an error message The CPU determines a residual media jam if one or more of the sensors PS901 SR2 PS502 or PS903 detects that media is present after power on or when an open door for example the cartridge door is shut The CPU determines a delivery delay jam if PS4 does not detect the leading edge of the media within a specified time after PS901 detects the leading edge 216
3. 2 Tray 2 3 Tray 1 pull to open 4 Latch to open the front door provides access to the print cartridge 5 Top output bin 6 Control panel 7 Convenience stapler 8 Right side cover provides access to DIMMs 9 On off switch 10 Interface ports see Interface ports on page 6 114 Scanner assembly 12 ADF output bin 13 Automatic document feeder ADF 14 Rear output bin pull to open Walkaround 5 Interface ports 1 Fax port HP LaserJet M3027x and HP LaserJet M3035xs only 2 Network connection 3 Foreign interface harness FIH port 4 Type A Hi Speed USB 2 0 connection for adding accessories 5 Power connection 6 Type B Hi Speed USB 2 0 connection for printing 7 EIO slot 6 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Device software The printing system software is included with the device See the getting started guide for installation instructions The printing system includes software for end users and network administrators and printer drivers for access to the device features and communication with the computer B NOTE Fora list of printer drivers and updated HP printer software go to www hp com go LJM3027mfp_software or www hp com go LJM3035mfp_software Supported operating systems The device supports the following operating systems Full software installation Printer driver only e Windows XP 32 bit and 64 bit e Lin
4. 222 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW 5 Reinstall tray 2 6 Open and close the front door and then touch OK on the touchscreen to clear the jam message If a jam message persists there is still media in the device Look for media in other locations Clear jams from the output bin areas EA NOTE If media is jammed in the top output area but most of the media is still inside the device it is best to remove it through the rear door 1 Open the rear output bin 2 Push down on the bin door to unclip the door stops and then let the door drop open ENWW Clear jams 223 3 Grasp both sides of the media and slowly pull the media out of the device There might be loose toner on the media Be careful not to spill it on yourself or into the device Ey NOTE If media is difficult to remove try opening the front door and removing the print cartridge to release pressure on the media 4 Close the rear bin 5 Open and close the front door and then touch OK on the touchscreen to clear the jam message If a jam message persists there is still media in the device Look for media in other locations 224 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Interface troubleshooting Communications checks EA NOTE Communication problems are normally the customer s responsibility Time spent attempting to resolve these problems might not be covered by the Hewlett Packard product warranty Refer the customer to
5. ENWW Figure 7 2 Covers 274 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 3 Covers 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 A14 Description Cover right side DIMM cover Cover right lower Cover right front Cover fax Cover I O Top cover assembly Cover left Tray 1 cover assembly Rear cover assembly Cartridge door assembly Hinge left Hinge right Spring tension Tray 1 assembly Flag assembly full detect Flag assembly face down Cover stapler Cover fax internal fax rail Paper clip tray Stapler door for devices with staplers Cover replaces the stapler door for devices without staplers Cover legal Part number RC2 0722 000CN RC2 0603 000CN RL1 1723 000CN RC2 0726 000CN RC2 0612 000CN RM1 3772 000CN RM1 3773 000CN RM1 3723 000CN RM1 3724 000CN RM1 3722 000CN RC1 4057 000CN RC1 4058 000CN RU5 2388 000CN RM1 1490 000CN RM1 3742 000CN RM1 3743 000CN RM1 3790 000CN RC2 0729 000CN RC2 0724 000CN CB414 40064 RC2 0727 000CN RL1 1366 000CN Covers 275 Internal components Figure 7 3 Internal components 1 of 6 276 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 4 Internal components 1 of 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Description Arm door Guide door arm Duct scanner Clip clamp wir
6. eee rece teeter eee eeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeeiaeeeeeeneeeaas 39 HP fraud hotline and Web Site ee ccc eeeeeeee eter eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 39 Clean the COVICG scinnennu a dcanteaaataeitanaaecdandanne stacedananedsduan asta deaduanaadheadasansundeaneathextenss 40 Clean the xterionr ocorrida aaa ia aiaa a iaaa aaa a E aaia 40 Clean the ADF sieticaessasicsdstannasancaadenvatandseetnaaandastensnnstts a a aa 40 Clean the scanner lid backing 0 0 0 eect eee irens eee ener eee nents eerie eee eetieeeeeeeneeeeer nea 42 Clean the scanner Glass jaci teccoavetesitees seen ikt ETE 43 Clean the PUSET auies ankaa an anaa a a aa aaa ai aE EA NA ANa E aa aAA AEEA 44 Clean spilled tner onenn a A EEE E EAEE S a 44 Management tOOIS serried iind anniina riara Aada a Randan iada Eaa ekaia iraia 45 Use information pages renccsisrnneienciri riria E TEE 45 Use the HP Easy Printer Care software ueeessssseseerrrssseeeerrrsrssttirrrsnnstttrnrnnnsttennnnnnnneenn 47 Open the HP Easy Printer Care software eeesssessssesesrrrreseseereennnneseeennnnnnnnnaaaas 47 HP Easy Printer Care software sections 0 0 eeceeeeeeeeeeenneneeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeaaas 48 Use the embedded Web server ccccccccieccentieesessesaneeeeeesesenteseeeeeennteseeeetecnseseneeseenteseeetesnnie 49 Open the embedded Web server by using a network connection 008 49 Embedded Web server sections 0 00 cee ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeenaeee
7. If the image defect persists replace the formatter See Formatter on page 116 Troubleshoot print quality problems 257 Tire tracks Aa BoCc2 AaBbCc Aa BbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc Ruu This defect typically occurs when the print cartridge has far exceeded its rated life For example if you are printing a very large quantity of pages with very little toner coverage 1 Perform a half self test functional check If the drum is damaged replace the print cartridge 2 Run a cleaning page If the image defect persists replace the fuser See Fuser on page 139 3 Ifthe image defect persists check the device for other sources of contamination or damage in the paper path and clean or replace parts as necessary A NOTE This type of image defect might also be a repetitive defect See Image defect ruler on page 238 White spots on black 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 3 Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 4 Replace the print cartridge 258 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Scattered lines 1 Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 2 Make sure t
8. If the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 64 ERROR To continue turn off then on A scan buffer error occurred Turn the device off and then turn the device on Go to www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp to check the latest firmware image version If the latest firmware image version is newer than the one installed on the device upgrade the device if possible If the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 208 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action 68 X Permanent storage full To continue touch OK 68 X Permanent storage write fail To continue touch OK The device NVRAM is full or the storage device is failing to write Some settings saved in the NVRAM might have been reset to the factory defaults Printing can continue but some unexpected functions might occur if an error occurred in permanent storage X description 0 onboard NVRAM 1 disk drive Touch OK to clear the message If the message is not cleared turn the device off and then turn the device on 68 0 onboard NVRAM 1 If the message persists perform an NVRAM initialization see Service mode functions on page 226 Make sure that you read and understand the caution and the note in that section 2 If after performing an NVRAM init
9. If the problem persists replace the ADF roller If the problem persists replace the ADF see ADF assembly on page 80 Poor copy quality from the flatbed If the print quality from the internal tests and the copy from the ADF were acceptable clean the flatbed glass See Clean the scanner glass on page 43 If after performing the maintenance the problem persists see the user guide If the problem persists replace the scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 Troubleshooting process 195 4 Does the device send a fax YES gt Go to step 5 Nov The telephone line is Verify that the device is plugged into a telephone line that operates correctly not operational or the device is not plugged into the telephone line The telephone cordis 1 Verify that the device is connected to an analog fax line faulty or is plugged into the wrong 2 Try plugging the telephone cord into the other connector connector 3 Try anew telephone cord The fax number is Check the fax number and re enter the correct and complete fax number incorrect or incomplete Sent fax is See the user guide incomplete or of poor quality The device fax Review the device fax settings See the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide settings are set incorrectly If the error persists replace the fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 SSS SSS SSS SSS sss SSE 196 Chapter 6 Trouble
10. Figure 4 2 ADF path for single sided documents 1 Separation pad 5 ADF input tray 2 Pickup roller 6 Delivery duplex feed rollers 3 Stack stop 7 ADF glass 4 Pre pick roller 8 ADF feed rollers ENWW Basic operation 57 For two sided documents the delivery rollers reverse the direction of each page to feed the second side of the document past the ADF glass Figure 4 3 ADF path for two sided documents on page 58 shows the path for two sided documents Figure 4 3 ADF path for two sided documents EA NOTE Callouts in Figure 4 3 ADF path for two sided documents on page 58 are identical to callouts in Figure 4 2 ADF path for single sided documents on page 57 Scanner If the scanner fails it can be replaced as a whole unit replacement part The scanner replacement part does not include the ADF or the control panel The scanner is a carriage type platen scanner which includes the frame glass an internal power supply a scanner controller PCA and internal electronics and firmware The ADF and control panel are attached to the scanner assembly The scanner has a sensor that detects whether the scanner lid is open or closed 58 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Formatter The formatter is responsible for the following actions e Controlling the ADF scanner assembly e Formatting and controlling copies e Receiving and processing print data from the computer interface e Monitoring the control pa
11. Index Symbols Numerics 500 sheet tray See tray 3 A access plate removing 144 accessibility features 4 accessories features 3 ordering 271 314 partnumbers 315 troubleshooting 200 acoustic specifications 329 activity log fax 46 ADF capacity 2 cleaning 40 error messages 211 jams 212 217 locating 5 operations 57 part numbers 272 power on sequence 72 removing and replacing 80 sensors 57 ADF cover removing 80 ADF input tray removing 82 Alert Settings window HP Easy Printer Care 48 alerts e mail 53 anticounterfeit supplies 39 authorized dealers 322 autoconfiguration drivers 9 automatic document feeder ADF jams 217 B back cover removing 101 batteries included 334 billing codes report fax 46 ENWW bins output capacities 2 full error messages 212 jams clearing 223 locating 5 paper curl troubleshooting 243 blank pages troubleshooting 244 blocked fax list printing 46 blurred print troubleshooting 259 Bonjour Settings 53 boot up key sequences 226 both sides printing on error messages 210 Macintosh settings 53 paper sizes supported 18 troubleshooting 244 browsers supported HP Toolbox 14 buffer overflow errors 204 c cable USB 271 calibrating scanner 231 call report fax 46 Canadian DOC regulations 339 capacities trays 2 19 cardstock 19 cartridge door removing 179 cartridges authentication 39 EconoMode 38 features 3 genuine HP 39 jams clearing 219 memory tag 73 non HP 39 21
12. Cover right lower RL1 1723 000CN RC2 0603 000CN Covers on page 275 Covers on page 275 Cover right side DIMM cover RC2 0722 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover stapler RM1 3790 000CN Covers on page 275 Cushion right lower Drive release assembly RC2 0468 000CN RM1 1522 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Duct cartridge RC2 0590 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Duct scanner RC1 4128 020CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 E ring XD2 1100 402CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Alphabetical parts list 293 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page ECU 110 127 V RM1 3774 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 ECU 220 240 V RM1 3775 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Eliminator static charge Fan left side Fan right side RC1 4025 000CN RK2 1499 000CN RK2 1497 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Feed assembly lower RM1 3759 000CN Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Feed guide assembly Film fuser drive side plate RM1 3760 000CN RC2 0649 000CN Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285
13. Troubleshoot print quality problems 253 Loose toner AaBboCc fie A AaBbCc AaBbCc Loose toner in this context is defined as toner that can be rubbed off the page 1 If the paper is rough and the toner easily rubs off open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Fuser Modes submenu and then select the paper type that you are using Change the setting to HIGH 1 or HIGH 2 which helps the toner fuse more completely onto the paper See the user guide If you have observed a rougher texture on one side of the paper try printing on the smoother side Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 Make sure that type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 The fuser might be defective Replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 The ECU might be defective Replace the ECU see Laser scanner on page 142 Repeating defects AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBoCc 3 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser See Clean the device on page 40 Measure the distance between two identical defects and see Image defect ruler on page 238 Also see Repeating image on page 255 254 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Repea
14. Cable option interface Roller assembly delivery Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Part number RC2 0631 000CN RC2 0632 000CN RC2 0633 000CN RC2 0634 000CN WT2 5678 000CN RM1 3727 000CN RC2 0595 000CN RK2 0534 000CN RC2 0468 000CN RAO 1003 000CN RC2 0492 000CN RC2 0498 000CN RC2 0559 000CN RC2 0560 000CN RC2 0561 000CN RC1 0562 000CN RC2 0700 000CN RC2 0702 000CN VS1 7257 007CN WT2 5056 000CN XA9 1671 000CN RC1 3665 000CN RC1 3994 000CN RC2 0665 000CN RC2 0697 000CN VS1 7177 004CN WG8 5624 000CN RM1 3749 000CN RK2 1492 000CN RM1 4062 000CN RM1 1497 000CN XB4 7401 005CN Internal components 289 Tray 2 pickup assembly Figure 7 9 Tray 2 pickup assembly ENWW 290 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 10 Tray 2 pickup assembly Ref Description Tray 2 pickup assembly Pickup roller assembly tray 2 Sensor flag assembly tray 2 Cable sensor tray 2 Pickup roller tray 2 Photo interrupter tray 2 Part number Qty RM1 3762 000CN 1 RM1 3763 000CN 1 RM1 3769 000CN 1 RM1 4060 000CN 1 RL1 1370 000CN 1 WG8 5624 000CN 1 Tray 2 pickup assembly 291 Alphabetical parts list Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list Description ADF assembly Part number CB414 67916 Table and page ADF scanner assembly on page 273 Arm door Arm pad RC1 4055 000CN RC1 3937 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 3 of 6 on pa
15. Clean the ADF If the ADF has trouble feeding documents clean the ADF pickup roller assembly 1 Turn off the device and unplug the power cord 2 Open the ADF cover 3 Press the round blue button while lifting the green lever Rotate the green lever until it stops in the open position The pickup roller assembly should remain on the surface 40 Chapter3 Maintenance ENWW 4 Remove the assembly and then wipe the assembly with a soft dry lint free cloth 5 Replace the assembly with the largest roller down in the upright holder and then press until the assembly snaps into place 6 Make sure that both sides of the assembly are secured by the blue hooks fa B M co 4 w M 7 Lower the roller assembly and then close the ADF cover ENWW Clean the device 41 8 Plug in the device and then turn on the device Clean the scanner lid backing Minor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the scanner lid 1 Open the scanner lid 2 Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with a mild soap and warm water 3 Wash the backing gently to loosen debris do not scrub the backing 4 Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth A CAUTION Do not use paper based wipes because they might s
16. ENWW All covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 Formatter see Formatter on page 116 Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 Left side riser see Left side riser on page 138 Access plate see Access plate on page 144 Oblique roller assembly see Oblique roller assembly on page 146 Left side fan see Left side fan on page 148 si Q Tip You do not have to unroute the left side fan cable in order to remove the HVPS gt After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis simply set the fan down on the workspace Tip the device so that it rests on its top High voltage power supply HVPS 149 3 Remove one grounding screw from inside the slot callout 1 for the flat ribbon cable Figure 5 71 Removing the HVPS 1 of 5 150 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 At the left side of the device disconnect one cable callout 2 and then remove two screws callout 3 Figure 5 72 Removing the HVPS 2 of 5 o Reinstallation tip Remember how the cable is threaded and connected to the device s ENWW High voltage power supply HVPS 151 5 Remove two screws callout 4 from the ribbon cable protector callout 5 and the
17. Paper that can damage the device In rare circumstances paper can damage the device The following paper must be avoided to prevent possible damage to the device Do not use paper with staples attached Do not use transparencies labels or photo or glossy paper designed for Inkjet printers or other low temperature printers Use only media that is specified for use with HP LaserJet printers Do not use any media that produces hazardous emissions or that melts offsets or discolors when exposed to the temperature of the fuser Do not use paper that is embossed or coated or any media that is not designed to withstand the fusing temperature of the device Do not use letterhead paper or preprinted forms that are made with dyes or inks that cannot withstand the heat of the fuser To order HP LaserJet printing supplies see Order parts accessories and supplies on page 314 16 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW General media specifications For complete paper specifications for all HP LaserJet devices see the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide available at www hp com support lipaperguide Category Specifications Acid content 5 5 pH to 8 0 pH Caliper 0 094 to 0 18 mm 3 0 to 7 0 mils Curl in ream Flat within 5 mm 0 02 in Cut edge conditions Cut with sharp blades with no visible fray Fusing compatibility Must not scorch melt offset or release hazardous emissions when heated to 200 C
18. ADF CB414 67903 ADF scanner assembly on page 273 Laser scanner assembly Lever RM1 1521 030CN RC1 4060 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Lever cartridge clamp RC2 0706 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Lever coupling RC1 4115 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Lever drive release Lever drive release RC2 0705 000CN RC1 4116 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Lever grounding contact RC1 4065 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Lever grounding contact RC1 4066 020CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Lever sensor Lever sensor 296 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams RC1 4027 000CN RC1 3939 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Link drive release Part number RC1 4117 000CN Table and page Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Link laser shutter RC1 4125 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Link switch Microswitch Motor dc 26 2 W RC2 0633 000CN RK2 0534 000CN RK2 1488 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal co
19. As a result the spring at the right end remains in the device Also the gear assembly at the right end of the roller is not captive on the roller A CAUTION Be careful not to touch the surface of the new transfer roller Q Reinstallation tip Align the springs with the tabs on the bottom of the roller mounts before 3 gt pressing the roller into place 182 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Registration assembly 1 Remove the following components Right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 Formatter shield see Formatter shield on page 95 Fax cover see Fax cover on page 96 Left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Unhook the clasp on the registration assembly gear callout 1 and then slide the gear off of the shaft Figure 5 100 Removing the registration assembly 1 of 3 ENWW Registration assembly 183 3 Remove two screws callout 2 from the registration assembly cover and then lift the cover out of the device Figure 5 101 Removing the registration assembly 2 of 3 184 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Remove four screws callout 3 Figure 5 102 Removing the registration assembly 3 of 3 5 Lift the registration assembly out of the device gear end first ENWW Registration assembly 185 Tray 1 pickup roller 1 Spread the pickup roller locks callout 1 on each side of the tra
20. Clears potential drive from the drum surface and cleans the transfer roller SeeTable 4 2 Power on sequence on page 72 for a complete description of the WAIT power on period Also see Figure 4 20 Timing diagram HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 on page 71 for detailed information about device timing STBY standby From the end of the WAIT or LSTR period until either Prepares the device to receive print commands a print command is sent from the formatter or the power is turned off INTR initial From the time of the print command until the pickup Prepares the photosensitive drum for printing rotation solenoid is turned on PRINT From the end of the INTR period until the top of page Forms the image on the photosensitive drum and sensor detects the trailing edge of the media transfers the toner image to the media LSTR last From the end of the PRINT period until the main Delivers the last page of a print job rotation motor stops rotating After LSTR the device either returns to STBY or if another print command was sent from the formatter enters INTR Timing 69 Failure Standby a Door open _ Figure 4 19 Operational sequences 70 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW o y 5 4v0 g S EN Y o lero e o ae o GL noqy Sa JoNUOD 9 02 Z0 seg onjeBan Burd sel UIC OJBAd Bulb jonuog 9 02 ZO H 13e H 1
21. Click Upload to move the RFU file from your hard drive to the HP Web Jetadmin server After the upload is complete the browser window refreshes Select the RFU file from the Printer Firmware Update drop down menu Click Update Firmware HP Web Jetadmin sends the selected RFU file to the device The control panel shows messages that indicate the progress of the upgrade At the end of the upgrade process the control panel shows the Ready message Firmware updates and recovery 241 Use MS DOS commands to upgrade the firmware To update the firmware by using a network connection follow these instructions 1 From a command prompt or in an MS DOS window type the following copy B lt FILENAME gt lt COMPUTERNAME gt lt SHARENAME gt where lt FILENAME gt is the name of the RFU file including the path lt COMPUTERNAME gt is the name of the computer from which the device is being shared and lt SHARENAMES is the device share name For example C gt copy b C M3035FW RFU YOUR_SERVER YOUR_COMPUTER 299 EZ NOTE Ifthe file name or path includes a space you must enclose the file name or path in quotation marks For example type C gt copy b C MY DOCUMENTS M3035FW RFU YOUR_SERVER YOUR_COMPUTER Press Enter on the keyboard The control panel shows a message that indicates the progress of the firmware upgrade At the end of the upgrade process the control panel shows the Ready m
22. E mail Gateway rejected the job because of the addressing information Job failed A gateway has exceeded the time out value One or more of the e mail addresses is incorrect Validate the SMTP IP address See the user guide Send the job again with the correct addresses Error executing Digital Send job Job failed A digital send job has failed and cannot be delivered Try to send the job again HP digital sending delivery error A digital send job has failed and cannot be delivered Send the job again ENWW Control panel messages 211 Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Initializing scanner The device is initializing the scanner Wait for the control panel display to show Ready Install black cartridge The device detects the print cartridge by detecting a voltage differential within the cartridge The photo conductive drum connected to the high voltage power supply provides the reference with which to measure the differential 1 Verify that a print cartridge is installed in the device 2 Verify that the drum ground connector on the high voltage power supply is correctly seated on the mechanical connector 3 Verify that the cartridge mechanism functions correctly When the cartridge is removed from the device the mechanism swings outward away from the chassis When the cartridge is inserted into the
23. Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Fixing drive side plate assembly RM1 3746 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Flag assembly face down RM1 3743 000CN Covers on page 275 Flag assembly full detect Foot rubber RM1 3742 000CN RAO 1003 000CN Covers on page 275 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Foot rubber RAO 1003 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Formatter Fuser 110 127 V Q7819 60001 RM1 3740 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Fuser 220 240 V RM1 3741 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Gear assembly RM1 3712 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Gear 12T Gear 12T RU5 0394 000CN RU5 0400 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Gear 14T RU5 0409 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Gear 16T RU5 0951 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Gear 17T Gear 17T 17T RAO 1172 000CN RU5 0958 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 294 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Gear 19T RU5 0959 000CN Internal components 2 of 6
24. Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Screw D M3x8 XA9 1671 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Screw D M3x8 Screw D M3x8 XA9 1671 000CN XA9 1671 O00CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Screw RS M3x8 XA9 1500 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Screw tapping M3x6 XA9 1503 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Screw tapping truss head M4x10 298 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams XB4 7401 005CN XB4 7401 005CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Part number XB4 7401 005CN Table and page Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Screw tapping truss head M4x10 XB4 7401 005CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Sensor flag assembly tray 2 Sensor PCA multipurpose Sensor PCA top of page RM1 3769 000CN RM1 4041 000CN RM1 4040 000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Sensor PCA width RM1 4042 000CN Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Sheet static charge Sheet static charge RC1 4069 000CN RC1 4070 000
25. RK2 1488 000CN RU5 0951 000CN RU5 0955 000CN RU5 0960 000CN Internal components 281 26 i J405 19 __ Figure 7 5 Internal components 3 of 6 282 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 6 Internal components 3 of 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 501 Description Bushing transfer right Transfer roller assembly Pad separation Guide feed Cover registration Arm pad Gear 12T Eliminator static charge Lever sensor Spring torsion Spring torsion Lever Spring torsion Roller tray 1 pick up Screw D M3x8 Sheet static charge Sheet static charge Spring compression Registration assembly Tray 1 pickup roller assembly Transfer guide assembly lower Stopper gear Spring compression Arm width sensor Spring torsion Cable delivery sensor Gear 17T Spring compression Gear 14T Gear 30T Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Part number RC1 0922 000CN RM1 1508 000CN RC1 0939 000CN RC1 3935 000CN RC1 3936 020CN RC1 3937 000CN RU5 0400 000CN RC1 4025 000CN RC1 4027 000CN RC1 4028 000CN RC1 4059 000CN RC1 4060 000CN RC1 4061 000CN RL1 0568 000CN XA9 1671 000CN RC1 4069 000CN RC1 4070 000CN RU5 2408 000CN RM1 3715 000CN RM1 3716 000CN RM1 3757 000CN RC1 4189 000CN RU5 2385 000CN RC2 0575 000CN RC2 0576 000CN RM1 4057 000CN RAO 1172 000CN RC2 0483 000CN RU5 0409 000CN RU
26. WG8 5624 000CN Photo interrupter Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 WG8 5624 000CN WT2 5056 000CN WT2 5056 000CN Photo interrupter tray 2 Clip cable Cable guide Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 WT2 5678 000CN Cable guide Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 WT2 5678 000CN WT2 5694 000CN Cable guide Clip clamp wire Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 WT2 5694 000CN Cable guide Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 WT2 5812 000CN Clip cable Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 XA9 1500 000CN Screw RS M3x8 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 XA9 1503 000CN Screw tapping M3x6 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 XA9 1671 000CN Screw D M3x8 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 XA9 1671 000CN Screw D M3x8 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 XA9 1671 000CN XA9 1671 000CN XA9 1671 000CN Screw D M3x8 Screw D M3x8 Screw D M3x8 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 XB2 7300 605CN Screw w washer M3x6 Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 XB2 7300 605CN XB4 7401 005CN Screw
27. on page 281 Gear 201t RU5 0950 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Gear 20T RU5 0957 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 Gear 20T 20T Gear 30T RU5 0956 000CN RU5 0366 000CN on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Gear 31T RU5 0960 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Gear 43T Gear 65T RU5 0955 000CN RU5 0962 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Guide RC1 4083 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Guide air RC2 0648 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Guide cartridge left lower RC2 0704 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Guide cartridge left upper RC2 0703 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Guide cartridge lower right RC2 0700 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Guide cartridge upper right RC2 0492 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Guide cassette back right Guide cassette front right Guide cassette left front RC2 0560 000CN RC2 0559 000CN RC2 0565 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Guide cassette left rear RC2 0566 000CN Internal components
28. see Back cover on page 101 and the I O cover see O cover on page 103 2 Remove the duplexer inlet guide by releasing two tabs callout 1 on the guide and then sliding the guide toward the back of the device ae Figure 5 61 Removing the fuser 1 of 3 T Reinstallation tip Make sure that both tabs snap into place when reinstalling the duplexer inlet guide ENWW Fuser 139 3 Disconnect the fuser power cable callout 2 and remove the cable from the cable guide callout 3 Also disconnect two cables callout 4 at the right side of the fuser and remove one of the cables from the cable guide callout 5 J Figure 5 62 Removing the fuser 2 of 3 140 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Remove three self tapping screws callout 6 and one grounding screw callout 7 SS 1 A m wei riuu ruwer wi Figure 5 63 Removing the fuser 3 of 3 5 Tilt the fuser slightly toward the back of the device and then slide the fuser out of the back of the device ENWW Fuser 141 Laser scanner 1 Remove all covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Release one tab callout 1 on the air duct and then lift the air duct out of the device Figure 5 64 Removing the laser scanner 1 of 2 142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Disconnect two cables callout 2 and then remove four screws callout 3 Figure 5 65
29. the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 68 1 disk drive 1 Use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive 2 If after deleting files from the disk drive the message persists reinitialize the disk drive see Service mode functions on page 226 Make sure that you read and understand the caution and the note in that section 3 If after reinitializing the disk drive the message persists replace the disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 68 X Storage error settings changed To continue touch OK One or more device settings in NVRAM are invalid and have been reset to the factory default settings Printing can continue but some unexpected functions might occur if an error occurred in permanent storage 79 XXXX ERROR To continue turn off then A critical hardware error occurred on 1 Touch OK to clear the message If the message is not cleared turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Check the device settings to determine which settings have changed 3 Perform an NVRAM initialization see Service mode functions on page 226 Make sure that you read and understand the caution and the note in that section 4 If after performing an NVRAM initialization the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Go to www hp com support LJM3027mfp or w
30. 117 Stapler poWwer SUPply srren daea A a a EEEE a ees 123 Rightside TAN creer iioii ieia a E TEE AT E EEN ESENE 128 Engine control unit ECU 2 cccciscicteneiisdeciieisiececaeisisdadeenesaeiadecees naaaneeenet nsladecave isles RETE E 131 Left side riset craioun aissas as nnsecuneasdaenaadsds ana A EE A EAA Ae EA aerae AAA AATA AEE a Ae iana 138 FUSE aina a a i aE Eaa TOE E Ta E te ae EREE 139 LEASE SCANMEM satorren a a a a a aaa aa 142 Access platensis n aiia a aa dices ann aaa A aaa aiai a aaa a iaaa 144 Oblidueroller assembly asscctecesisvnetecsesebcectened Enana EANA ved SAAANA 146 Leftside faf sasinan aa a aaa i aaa aa i a iaia a a iaaiiai 148 High voltage power supply HVPS cece teeter eee entree reer eter eee ANNAA ARENT NENEN RN K NNNNA ETENA 149 Feed guide assembly ee eee 156 Main MOTOM ses ibea ree c iana aloes Gecanda ce EAE EE A E AEN E EAE AAE a 159 EE E E E E du svigtedecea etatadecesvviadeeadvatatedies 162 Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly 0 0 eect eee eeenee eter ee eeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 165 TAY V SOLGTIONG oss tease ease case Aiea ad eae ep cee ig ad go ee 166 Tray 2 SOIGNOIG eenaa a E lla vedesnece i EEE AE EEE E 167 Pickup assembly sesirascotriiirissiiii ai idin a EEN AAAA EAE 168 Tray 1 media present sensor and top of page Sensor ccccccceeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneecsnensaaaeeeeeees 173 E abel reader memory tag essiensa a AE AEAN 175 Face down roller Shaft ccc
31. 2 solenoid plate Press the tab on the pickup shaft gear callout 3 and then slide the gear off of the shaft A NOTE Keep the parts of the pickup shaft gear together to make sure that the small spring inside remains with the gear Figure 5 86 Removing the pickup assembly 1 of 4 ENWW Pickup assembly 169 3 Remove three screws callout 4 from two tray guides at the right side of the device and then lift the guides out of the device Repeat the procedure to remove the tray guides at the left side of the device Figure 5 87 Removing the pickup assembly 2 of 4 4 Tip the device so that it rests on its top 170 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW 5 Press in the green tab callout 5 remove two screws callout 6 from the roller stay assembly and then lift the assembly out of the device Figure 5 88 Removing the pickup assembly 3 of 4 EA NOTE After removing the roller stay assembly the media present sensor for tray 1 is exposed To remove the sensor remove one screw unthread the sensor cable and lift the sensor out of the device Pickup assembly 171 6 Use a short screwdriver to remove two screws callout 7 and then remove the remaining two screws callout 8 from the pickup assembly Figure 5 89 r the pickup assembly 4 of 4 pe 7 Lift the assembly out of the device starting at the opposite end from the gear end of the assembly E NOTE After removing the pickup assembly
32. 392 F for 0 1 second Grain Long grain Moisture content 4 to 6 by weight Smoothness 100 to 250 Sheffield Select print media ENWW This device accepts a variety of media such as cut sheet paper including up to 100 recycled fiber content paper envelopes labels transparencies and custom size paper Properties such as weight composition grain and moisture content are important factors that affect device performance and output quality Paper that does not meet the guidelines that are outlined in this manual can cause the following problems e Poor print quality e Increased jams e Premature wear on the device requiring repair EA NOTE Some paper might meet all of the guidelines in this manual and still not produce satisfactory results This might be the result of improper handling unacceptable temperature and humidity levels or other variables over which Hewlett Packard has no control Before purchasing large quantities of media make sure that it meets the requirements that are specified in this user guide and in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide which is available for download at www hp com support ljpaperguide Always test paper before buying large quantities gt CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the device requiring repair This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements Media specifications 17 Supported medi
33. 4053 000CN RM1 4054 000CN Cable assembly Cable memory tag Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RM1 4057 000CN Cable delivery sensor Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RM1 4060 000CN Cable sensor tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 RM1 4062 000CN Cable option interface Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RU5 0366 000CN Gear 30T Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RU5 0394 000CN Gear 12T Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 0400 000CN Gear 12T Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RU5 0409 000CN Gear 14T Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 308 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RU5 0950 000CN Gear 201t Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 0951 000CN Gear 16T Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 0955 000CN Gear 43T Internal components 2 of 6 RU5 0956 000CN RU5 0957 000CN Gear 20T 20T Gear 20T on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 0958 000CN Gear 17T 17T Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 0959 000CN RU5 0960 000CN Gear 19T Gear 31T Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal co
34. 5 ite Reinstallation tip Guide the cables through the hole in the stapler power supply plate before attaching the plate 126 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 Unplug the power supply cable callout 5 and then remove one screw callout 6 to release the power supply cover Figure 5 48 Removing the stapler power supply 5 of 5 7 Lift the cover off of the power supply and then lift the power supply off of the plate ENWW Stapler power supply 127 Right side fan 1 Remove the following components e All covers except for the top cover See Covers on page 94 e ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 e Formatter see Formatter on page 116 e Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 2 Remove the grounding wire callout 1 from the fan housing Figure 5 49 Removing the right side fan 1 of 3 128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Remove three screws callout 2 from the clip tray stapler housing assembly and then lift the assembly off of the device Figure 5 50 Removing the right side fan 2 of 3 ne Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the clip tray stapler housing assembly route the scanner power cable callout 3 through an opening in the assembly ENWW Right side fan 129 4 Disconne
35. 6 on page 281 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RC2 0595 000CN Holder interlock Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0603 000CN Cover right lower Covers on page 275 RC2 0612 000CN Cover I O Covers on page 275 RC2 0622 000CN Holder sub fan Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0623 000CN RC2 0631 000CN Plate fan shield left Power switch Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0632 000CN Holder switch Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0633 000CN Link switch Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0634 000CN RC2 0648 000CN Holder switch link Guide air Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RC2 0649 000CN Film fuser drive side plate Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RC2 0652 000CN Washer Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RC2 0657 000CN RC2 0665 000CN Stopper fuser Spring torsion Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0697 000CN Plate face up shield Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0700 000CN Guide cartridge lower right Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC
36. 9z m 5 o D 8 Figure 6 10 Circuit diagram 2 of 2 ENWW 1 J404 HVPS J512 Left side fan FM2 2 Dc voltage to formatter J510 Memory tag 3 Dc power to ADF scanner assembly J402 Laser scanner motor 4 SW101 Power switch J405 Thermistor delivery sensor 5 Dc power to stapler power supply J508 Tray 1 solenoid SL1 6 Power cable connector J509 Right side fan FM1 7 Dc power to fuser J503 Tray 1 media present sensor PS902 8 To fuser motor wired to ECU J502 Tray 2 media present sensor PS3 9 J403 Laser scanner wired to ECU J504 Tray 2 solenoid SL2 10 J407 Main motor J511 not used 11 J408 Cartridge door switch wired to ECU J406 To optional tray 3 268 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW T Parts and diagrams Chapter contents ENWW Ordering parts and supplies Consumables and accessories ADF scanner assembly Covers Internal components Tray 2 pickup assembly Alphabetical parts list Numerical parts list Chapter contents 269 Ordering parts and supplies Parts Order replacement parts from the following Web sites h30074 www3 hp com csn aux srvcdlvry epdo default ePDOLogin asp technicians h20141 www2 hp com hpparts customers Related documentation and software Order documentation and software from the companies listed in the following table some documentation and software is avai
37. ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL ENWW Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement 319 INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Customer self repair warranty service HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair CSR parts to minimize repair time and allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement If during the diagnosis period HP identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part HP will ship that part directly to you for replacement There are two categories of CSR parts 1 Parts for which customer self repair is mandatory If you request HP to replace these parts you will be charged for the travel and labor costs of this service 2 Parts for which customer self repair is optional These parts are also designed for Customer Sel
38. Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies Covers Fax accessory Disk drive Formatter Stapler Stapler power supply Right side fan Engine control unit ECU Left side riser Fuser Laser scanner Access plate Oblique roller assembly Left side fan High voltage power supply HVPS Feed guide assembly Main motor Gear assembly Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly Tray 1 solenoid Tray 2 solenoid Chapter contents 75 e Pickup assembly e Tray 1 media present sensor and top of page sensor e E label reader memory tag e Face down roller shaft e Cartridge door e Transfer roller e Registration assembly e Tray 1 pickup roller e Tray 2 pickup roller e Separation pad 76 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Introduction This chapter documents removal and replacement of field replaceable units FRUs only Removal and replacement strategy Replace parts in the reverse order of their removal Directions for difficult or critical replacement procedures are included WARNING The sheet metal edges of the device can be sharp Use caution when working on the device Ex NOTE Note the length diameter color type and location of each screw Be sure to return each screw to its original location during reassembly Incorrectly routed or loose cables can interfere with other internal components and can become damaged or broken Frayed or pinched cables
39. Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Select the correct printer driver Printer drivers allow you to gain access to the device features and allow the computer to communicate with the device using a printer language Check the installation notes and readme files on the device CD for additional software and languages The device uses the PCL 5 PCL 6 and HP postscript level 3 emulation printer description language PDL drivers e Use the PCL 6 printer driver for the best overall performance e Use the PCL 5 printer driver for general office printing e Use the HP postscript level 3 emulation driver for printing from postscript level 3 emulation needs or for postscript flash font support Universal printer drivers The HP Universal Print Driver Series for Windows includes separate HP postscript level 3 emulation and HP PCL 5 versions of a single driver that provides access to almost any HP device while providing system administrator with tools to manage devices more effectively The Universal Print Driver is included on the device CD under the Optional Software section For more information go to www hp com go universalprintdriver Driver Autoconfiguration The HP LaserJet PCL 5 PCL 6 and PS level 3 emulation drivers for Windows 2000 and Windows XP feature automatic discovery and driver configuration for device accessories at the time of installation Some accessories that the Driver Autoconfiguration supports are the duplexing unit
40. HP Easy Printer Care 48 HP Printer Utility Macintosh 53 messages types of 201 stopped printing troubleshooting 199 storage job Macintosh settings 53 storing device 329 print cartridges 39 supplies authentication 39 counterfeit 39 non HP 39 212 ordering 270 314 ordering through embedded Web server 51 ordering with HP Easy Printer Care 48 part numbers 271 recycling 333 replacement intervals 38 replacing print cartridges 27 status page printing 45 status viewing with embedded Web server 50 status viewing with HP Easy Printer Care 48 status viewing with HP Printer Utility 53 support embedded Web server links 51 HP Printer Utility pages 53 online 322 repacking device 324 Support tab HP Easy Printer Care 48 SupportPack HP 325 switch boxes 225 switches diagrams 263 on off locating 5 system requirements 7 Taiwan EMI statement 340 technical support online 322 repacking device 324 Technical Training HP 270 telephone numbers ordering supplies 270 temperature specifications 329 tests control panel 232 engine 234 formatter 235 text troubleshooting blurry 259 garbled 244 misformed characters 255 Time Scheduling menu control panel 230 timing operations 69 tire tracks troubleshooting 258 toner density setting 53 EconoMode 38 output quality troubleshooting 253 Toolbox See HP Toolbox tools required 78 top cover removing 105 top output bin locating 5 total page count 228 transfer r
41. Navigator 4 x or later by navigating to the HP Web Jetadmin host Embedded Web server ENWW The device is equipped with an embedded Web server which provides access to information about device and network activities This information appears in a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator The embedded Web server resides on the device It is not loaded on a network server The embedded Web server provides an interface to the device that anyone who has a network connected computer and a standard Web browser can use No special software is installed or configured but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer To gain access to the embedded Web server type the IP address for the device in the address line of the browser To find the IP address print a configuration page For more information about printing a configuration page see Use information pages on page 45 For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the embedded Web server see Use the embedded Web server on page 49 Device software 13 HP Easy Printer Care software The HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks e Discovering printers on the network and checking the status of each device e Setting and viewing device and supplies alerts for multiple printers at the same time e Shopping online for supplies e Using HP online troubleshooting and maintenance tools Y
42. Networking tabs Enable and disable certain features of the embedded Web server Edit Other Links Allows you to add or customize a link to another Web site This link is displayed in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages Device Information Allows you to name the device and assign an asset number to it Enter the name and e mail address for the primary contact who will receive information about the device Language Allows you to determine the language in which to display the embedded Web server information Date amp Time Allows time synchronization with a network time server Wake Time Allows you to set or edit a wake time for the device NOTE The Settings tab can be password protected If this device is ona network always consult with the system administrator before changing settings on this tab 50 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Tab or section Options Digital Sending tab e General Settings Allows you to set digital sending administrator information Provides the ability to configure e Send to E mail Allows you to configure SMTP settings set the maximum e mail digital sending options attachment size and set the default e mail address for the device e Send to Fax Allows you to configure the send to fax features for the device e Send to Folder Allows you to send scanned documents to shared folders or FTP sites e Addressing Allows you to set features so that the device can obtain addresse
43. Power supply Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 ENWW Numerical parts list 307 Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RM1 3759 000CN Feed assembly lower Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 RM1 3760 000CN Feed guide assembly Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 RM1 3762 000CN RM1 3762 000CN RM1 3763 000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly also see Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 290 Tray 2 pickup assembly Pickup roller assembly tray 2 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 RM1 3769 000CN Sensor flag assembly tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 RM1 3772 000CN Top cover assembly Covers on page 275 RM1 3773 000CN Cover left Covers on page 275 RM1 3774 000CN ECU 110 127 V Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RM1 3775 000CN RM1 3790 000CN ECU 220 240 V Cover stapler Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Covers on page 275 RM1 4040 000CN RM1 4041 O00CN Sensor PCA top of page Sensor PCA multipurpose Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RM1 4042 000CN Sensor PCA width Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 RM1
44. Recommended action 49 XXXXX ERROR To continue turn off A critical firmware error has occurred ls then on Turn the device off and then turn the device on Go to www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp to check the latest firmware image version If the latest firmware image version is newer than the one installed on the device upgrade the device Try printing a job from a different software program If the job prints go back to the first program and try printing a different file If the message appears only with a certain software program or print job then the error is in the software program and not in the device If the job fails to print using a different software program then turn off the device and disconnect all cables that connect the device to the network or to a computer Remove any DIMMs and ElO cards and then turn the device on If after removing DIMMs and EIO cards the device behaves normally turn off the device and reinstall DIMMs and EIO cards one by one turning off the device off and then on again each time you reinstall a DIMM or EIO card If a certain DIMM or EIO card causes the message to reappear replace the DIMM or EIO card Reconnect all cables that connect the device to the network or to a computer If the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 50 1 FUSER ERROR AC power is not being provided to the fuser 1 asse
45. Removing the laser scanner 2 of 2 4 Lift the laser scanner out of the device ENWW Laser scanner 143 Access plate 1 Remove the following components e __Left side cover see Lefi side cover on page 97 e Back cover see Back cover on page 101 e O cover see O cover on page 103 e Duplexer inlet guide see Figure 5 61 Removing the fuser 1 of 3 on page 139 2 At the front of the device push the green button on the top right front of the tray 2 opening to release the access plate Figure 5 66 Removing the access plate 1 of 2 144 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW At the back of the device press one tab callout 1 to release the access plate and then lower the access plate until the other side slides off of the other tab callout 2 EA NOTE You might have to pry the tab with a flat blade screwdriver If you bend the tab straighten the tab before you reinstall the plate k Figure 5 67 Removing the access plate 2 of 2 3 4 Slide the plate out of the device A CAUTION Make sure that you do not damage the spring that is attached to the plate ENWW Access plate 145 Oblique roller assembly 1 Remove the following components e Left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 e Back cover see Back cover on page 101 e O cover see O cover on page 103 e Duplexer inlet guide s
46. SN4 ag euss Wwag YSY7 24 seig BuiBeyo Jeysues g Ov seig Buidojensq e 90 seig GuiBreyo Aewud z 08Sq sosuag H NA L0gSd Josuag fed jo doy 1S plouajog dnyoiq 19p994 sadeq ZIS plouajog dnyig Aes 1S plousjos dnypig ayjesseg EWHOoN 12uueog ZW 100W Jesn4 ZL Pate tefetet t tefet ti tere tete E ASLS 41S ANd PN is Liv PONS A spuooas Hun NO YAMS 1 MO0d HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 iagram d iming Figure 4 20 T 71 iming T ENWW Table 4 2 Power on sequence Step Action 1 Power on 2 CPU initialization 3 Video interface communication start 4 Sensors check for residual media 5 Main motor initial drive 6 Fuser heater initial drive The fuser heater reaches a surface temperature of 120 C 7 Fuser motor initial drive 8 Laser scanner motor initial drive 9 High voltage control Detection of the presence of a print cartridge Cleaning of the transfer roller after the primary charging ac bias is turned on 10 Failure abnormality check detection of laser scanner failure fuser failure and open covers 11 Communication with the memory tag Table 4 3 Power on sequence for the ADF scanner assembly Step Action 1 Power on 2 Initialize ADF and jam check 3 Carriage lock check 4 Lamp warm up 5 Lamp stability check 6 Find reference mark for scanner right side edge location 7 AFE analog front
47. Sleep modes which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product This product qualifies for ENERGY STAR Version 3 0 which is a voluntary program to encourage the development of energy efficient office products ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are U S registered marks As an ENERGY STAR partner Hewlett Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency For more information see www energystar gov Toner consumption Economode uses significantly less toner which might extend the life of the print cartridge Paper use This device s manual optional automatic duplex feature two sided printing and N up printing multiple pages printed on one page capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources Plastics Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product s life HP LaserJet print supplies It s easy to return and recycle your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges free of charge with HP Planet Partners HP is committed to providing inventive high quality products and services that are environmentally sound from product design and manufacturing to distribution operation and recycling processes We ensure your returned HP LaserJet print cartridges are rec
48. accessories 31 6 Hold the DIMM by the edges and align the notches on the DIMM with the DIMM slot Check that the locks on each side of the DIMM slot are open 7 Press the DIMM straight into the slot and press firmly Make sure the locks on each side of the DIMM snap into place B NOTE To remove a DIMM first release the locks 32 Chapter2 Installation and configuration ENWW 8 Close the access door and press firmly until it snaps into place 9 Toreplace the right side panel line up the alignment arrows and slide the panel toward the front of the device until it latches into place 11 Turn the device on ENWW Install accessories 33 Check DIMM installation After installing the DIMM make sure that the installation was successful Verify that DIMM is installed correctly 1 EF Turn the device on Check that the Ready light is illuminated after the device has gone through the startup sequence If an error message appears a DIMM might have been incorrectly installed See Control panel messages on page 201 Print a configuration page see Use information pages on page 45 Check the memory section on the configuration page and compare it to the configuration page that was printed before the memory installation If the amount of memory has not increased the DIMM might not be installed correctly or the DIMM might be defective Repeat the installatio
49. according to EN12281 2002 Material restrictions This HP product does not contain added mercury This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end of life The batteries contained in or supplied by Hewlett Packard for this product include the following HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 device Type Carbon monofluoride lithium battery BR1632 Weight 1 59 Location On formatter board User removable No 334 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Batterij niet weggooien maar inleveren als KCA X Be SS th a Sl For recycling information you can go to www hp com recycle or contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance www eiae org Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste Instead it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city offic
50. but the text is wrong garbled or incomplete Cause Solution The device is on a network or sharing device and is not receiving a clear signal Disconnect the device from the network and use a USB cable to attach it directly to a computer Print a job that you know works The wrong driver was selected in the software The software program is malfunctioning Check the software device selection menu to make sure that the device is selected Try printing a job from another program The device does not respond when you select Print in the software Cause Solution The device is out of media Add media The device might be in the manual feed mode Change the device from manual feed mode The cable between the computer and the device is not connected correctly The device cable is defective Disconnect and reconnect the cable If possible attach the cable to another computer and print a job that you know works You might also try using a different cable The wrong device was selected in the software The device might have a jam The software for the device is not configured for the printer port Check the software device selection menu to make sure that the correct device is selected Clear any jams paying careful attention to the duplexer area if your model has a duplexer See Clear jams on page 214 Check the software device selection menu to make sure that it is
51. contained on the device configuration page e Supplies Status Shows the life that remains in HP supplies 0 represents that a supply is empty This page also provides supplies part numbers To order new supplies click Order Supplies in Troubleshooting tools 235 Settings tab the Other Links area on the left side of the window To visit this or any Web site you must have Internet access Event log Shows a list of all device events and errors Usage page Shows a summary of the number of pages the device has printed grouped by size and type this page is only available if an optional hard disk is installed Device Information Shows the device network name address and model information To change these entries click Device Information on the Settings tab Use the Settings tab to configure the device from your computer The Settings tab can be password protected If the device is on a network always consult with the network administrator before changing settings on this tab The Settings tab contains the following pages Configure Device Use this page to configure all of the device settings This page contains the traditional device menus Information Paper Handling Configure Device and Diagnostics Alerts On networks only Use this page to establish e mail alerts for various device and supplies events E mail On networks only Use this page in conjunction with the Alerts page to set up incoming and outgoing e ma
52. drivers provide access to device features Use the Apple PostScript printer driver that comes with the computer e HP Printer Utility Use the HP Printer Utility to set up device features that are not available in the printer driver Name the device Assign the device to a zone on the network Assign an internet protocol IP address to the device Download files and fonts Configure the device for IP or AppleTalk printing You can use the HP Printer Utility when your device uses a universal serial bus USB cable or is connected to a TCP IP based network For more information see Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh on page 52 Remove software from Macintosh operating systems To remove the software from a Macintosh computer drag the PPD files to the trash can 12 Chapter1 Product Information ENWW Utilities The device is equipped with several utilities that make it easy to monitor and manage the device on a network HP Web Jetadmin HP Web Jetadmin is a browser based management tool for HP Jetdirect connected printers within your intranet and it should be be installed only on the network administrator s computer To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems visit www hp com go webjetadmin When installed on a host server any client can gain access to HP Web Jetadmin by using a supported Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 x or Netscape
53. e ns 7 z 5 S salo Fe da 2 i L 2 J2 s s e 2 v Ea E 7 a o Oo oF ES tile i S E at e yne S y y yw Tray 3 amp c Aa o pickup gt 3 sR2 J904 p D i esu 3f Tray 3 feeder PCA solenoid wis ASF Delivery Ak eso 1 1 l sensor arer 69 Z soa 2 2 2 2 ii Ps904 1 F o T ii Talal OPTSL i Tray 3 J1203 J1202 paper sensor Heater Fuser Tray 3 Figure 6 9 Circuit diagram 1 of 2 266 Chapter6 Troubleshooting GND 1oH1o4 GND 2cta GND 3043 3 3V 4o 4of _ 3 3V 5045 Diagrams 267 J7 5 4q F 66S De os P g e p S a x D 3 D gt 7 past ops g z z 7 7 E gt a gt 8 a 5 E TTUT TTTTSSS 8 Zu z ii o pm L O S ya osco AYN OM t MD OHO Apert abe tan no s 888 8888 86 z zD a o
54. end 8 PRNU photo response non uniformity and DSNU dark signal non uniformity correction This procedure is performed with the lamp on The carriage moves under the white calibration strip EA NOTE The lamp profile changes after 10 minutes of non use The device again performs lamp warm up and PRNU and DSNU correction 72 Chapter4 Theory of operation ENWW Print cartridge memory system The memory tag is a nonvolatile memory built into the print cartridge The cartridge usage condition is detected as the engine controller reads or writes the data stored on the memory tag The engine controller renews the information in the prescribed timing and reads or writes it from or to the memory tag The engine controller commands the memory tag to read or write with the following conditions e Read e Power is ON e _ The top cover is closed e Acommand has been received from the formatter e Write e A page of media is printed e Acommand has been received from the formatter When the engine controller failed to read or write three times in a row it determines that the memory tag is abnormal and notifies the formatter of a cartridge memory abnormality warning Memory controller PCA Print cartridge Memory tag contact Figure 4 21 Print cartridge memory tag ENWW Print cartridge memory system 73 74 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW 5 Removal and replacement Chapter contents ENWW Introduction
55. feed roller and separation roller are worn irregularly Replace the affected roller The registration assembly is defective Replace the registration assembly see Registration assembly on page 183 Tray 2 is defective Replace tray 2 e a I ONL ENWW Troubleshoot media handling problems 247 Troubleshoot print quality problems This section helps you define print quality problems and what to do to correct them Often print quality problems can be handled easily by making sure that the device is correctly maintained using print media that meets HP specifications or running a cleaning page Print quality checklist Follow the checklist to solve general print quality problems EZ Process a cleaning page to clean the fuser see Clean the fuser on page 44 Check the printer driver to make sure that you are using the best available print quality option see the user guide Try printing with one of the alternative printer drivers The most recent printer drivers area available for download from www hp com go LJM3027mfp_software or www hp com go LJM3035mfp_software Clean the inside of the device see Clean the device on page 40 Check the paper type and quality see Media specifications on page 15 Check to make sure that Economode is off in the software Troubleshoot general printing problems see Troubleshoot general printing problems on page 243 Install a new HP print cartridge and th
56. firmware Programming instructions that are stored in a read only memory unit inside the printer font A complete set of letters numerals and symbols in a typeface fuser The assembly that uses heat to fuse the toner onto the print media grayscale Various shades of gray halftone pattern A halftone pattern uses differing sizes of ink dots to produce a continuous tone image such as a photograph HP Easy Printer Care software Software that provides the ability to track and maintain printers from your computer desktop HP Jetdirect An HP product for network printing HP Web Jetadmin An HP trademarked Web based printer control software that you can use on a computer to manage any peripheral that is connected to an HP Jetdirect print server I O Abbreviation for input output refers to computer port settings ENWW Glossary 343 IP address The unique number assigned to a computer device that is connected to a network IPX SPX Abbreviation for internetwork packet exchange sequenced packet exchange media The paper labels transparencies or other material on which the printer prints the image memory tag A memory partition that has a specific address monochrome Black and white Devoid of color network Asystem of computers interconnected by telephone wires or other means in order to share information network administrator A person who manages a network page buffer Temporary printer memory used to hold page data while the pr
57. hp com support LUM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp This page provides instructions for downloading the new firmware version ENWW Firmware updates and recovery 239 Transfer the new firmware to the device Use one of the following methods to update the firmware Use FTP to upgrade the firmware on a network connection A NOTE The device can receive an RFU file update as long as it is in a Ready state The elapsed time for an update depends on the I O transfer time as well as the time that it takes for the device to reinitialize The I O transfer time depends on a number of things including the speed of the host computer that is sending the update If the remote firmware update process is interrupted before the firmware is downloaded while Receiving Upgrade appears on the control panel display the firmware file must be sent again If power is lost during the flash DIMM update while the Performing Upgrade message appears on the control panel display the update is interrupted and the message Resend Upgrade appears in English only on the control panel display In this case you must send the upgrade by using the parallel port Finally any jobs that are ahead of the RFU job in the queue are completed before the update is processed Follow these instructions to perform the upgrade by using FTP 1 a oS or SS Take note of the IP address on the HP Jetdirect page The HP Jetdirect page is the second page that
58. optional paper trays and dual inline memory modules DIMMs Update Now If you have modified the device configuration since installation the driver can be automatically updated with the new configuration In the Properties dialog box see Open the printer drivers on page 11 on the Device Settings tab click the Update Now button to update the driver HP Driver Preconfiguration HP Driver Preconfiguration is a software architecture and set of tools that you can use to customize and distribute HP software in managed corporate printing environments Using HP Driver Preconfiguration information technology IT administrators can preconfigure the printing and default settings for HP printer drivers before installing the drivers in the network environment For more information see the HP Driver Preconfiguration Support Guide which is available at www hp com go hpdpc_ sw ENWW Device software 9 Priority for print settings Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made EA NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program e Page Setup dialog box Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed here override settings changed anywhere else e Print dialog box Click Print Print Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this
59. ordering online registration and recycling and return information Transfers files from the computer to the device Transfers font files from the computer to the device Firmware Update Transfers updated firmware files from the computer to the device Duplex Mode Turns on the automatic two sided printing mode Economode amp Toner Density Turns on the Economode setting to conserve toner or adjusts toner density Resolution Changes the resolution settings including the REt setting Lock Resources Locks or unlocks storage products such as a hard disk Stored Jobs Manages print jobs that are stored on the device hard disk Trays Configuration Changes the default tray settings IP Settings Changes the device network settings and provides access to the embedded Web server Bonjour Settings Provides the ability to turn on or off Bonjour support or change the device service name that is listed on a network Additional Settings Provides access to the embedded Web server E mail Alerts Configures the device to send e mail notices for certain events Management tools 53 54 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW 4 Theory of operation Chapter contents Basic operation e Internal components Timing e Print cartridge memory system ENWW Chapter contents 55 Basic operation This chapter presents an overview of the relationships among major compone
60. prints when you print the configuration page Ex NOTE Before upgrading the firmware make sure that the device is not in Sleep mode Also make sure that any error messages are cleared from the control panel display Open an MS DOS command prompt on your computer Type ftp lt TCP IP ADDRESS gt For example if the TCP IP address is 192 168 0 90 type ftp 192 168 0 90 Press Enter on the keyboard When prompted for the user name press Enter When prompted for the password press Enter Type bin at the command prompt Press Enter The message 200 Types set to Using binary mode to transfer files appears in the command window Type put lt filename gt where lt filename gt is the name of the RFU file that was downloaded from the Web including the path For example type put C LJ M3035FW RFU and then press Enter EA NOTE Ifthe file name or path includes a space you must enclose the file name or path in quotation marks For example type put C MY DOCUMENTS LJ M3035FW RFU The following series of messages appears in the command window 200 PORT command successful 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection 226 Ready 240 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 10 11 12 226 Processing Job 226 Transfer complete Then a message that contains the transfer speed information appears The download process begins and the firmware is updated on the device This can take approximately five minutes Let the process f
61. rather than the date when a replacement formatter is installed See Service ID on page 228 e Cold reset Select this item to reset the default paper size when you replace the formatter or restore factory settings see Boot up key sequences on page 226 When you replace a formatter or restore factory settings in a country region that uses A4 as the standard paper size use this item to reset the default paper size to A4 Letter and A4 are the only cold reset values available Service ID This information appears on the configuration page see Use information pages on page 45 which eliminates the need for customers to keep paper receipts for proof of the warranty Because the device does not have an internal clock the availability of the service ID date depends on the device being connected to a source that can provide the date in this case a time server on the same network as the device When the device is not connected to a date source the service ID is not available and 00000 appears on the configuration page 228 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Restore the service ID If you replace the formatter the service ID is lost Use this menu item to reset the value to the date that the device was first used The date format is YYDDD Use the following procedure to calculate the date 1 To calculate YY subtract 1990 from the calendar year For instance if the device was first used in 2002 calculate YY as follows 2002 1990 12 Y
62. that you are loading Make sure that the guide clicks into place 3 Adjust the side media width guides outward so that the pointer matches the paper size that you are loading ENWW Install trays 25 4 Place the paper in the tray and make sure that it is flat at all four corners Keep the paper below the height tabs on the paper length guide in the rear of the tray 5 Push down on the paper to lock the metal paper lift plate in place 6 Slide the tray into the device Configure trays 1 At the device control panel touch Supplies Status 2 Touch Trays 3 Select the tray that you want to set and then touch Modify Tray 4 Set the size and type of media that is loaded in the tray 26 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW Install supplies Carefully follow the guidelines in this section when replacing device supplies Supply replacement guidelines To facilitate the replacement of supplies keep the following guidelines in mind when setting up the device e Sufficient space is required above and in the front of the device for removing supplies e The device should be located on a flat sturdy surface For instructions on installing supplies see the installation guides provided with each supply item or see more information at www hp com support LUM3027mfp or www hp com support LUM3035mfp B NOTE Hewlett Packard recommends the use of HP products in this device Use of non HP products may cause pro
63. the last tray that the device pulled from unless the device has been turned off and then turned on again since the most recent print job If the device has been turned off and then on again since the most recent print job then the page will print from tray 2 The device will continuously print test pages until the test page switch is released The device will not print a test page if it is in Sleep mode EA NOTE A damaged formatter might interfere with the engine test If the engine test page does not print try removing the formatter and performing the engine test again If the engine test is then successful the problem is in the formatter the control panel or the cable that connects them 234 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Formatter test page To verify that the formatter is functioning print a configuration page See Use information pages on page 45 Embedded Web server When the device is connected to the network the embedded Web server is automatically available Use the embedded Web server to view device and network status and to manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the device control panel The following are examples of what you can do through the embedded Web server e View device status information e Specify the type of media that is loaded in each tray e Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new supplies e View and change tray configurations e View and change the de
64. the network administrator for assistance in troubleshooting network problems LAN hardware test 1 To perform a LAN hardware test touch Administration 2 Touch Initial Setup 3 Touch Networking and I O 4 Touch Embedded Jetdirect 5 Touch Diagnostics 6 Touch LAN HW Test 7 Touch Yes to run the test If the test fails replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 Ex NOTE For a complete list of Jetdirect menus see the user guide ENWW Interface troubleshooting 225 Service mode functions Boot up key sequences Use boot up key sequences to accomplish the following service functions Select language Cold reset A cold reset unlocks menus that have been previously locked and sets all control panel menu items including EIO settings back to the factory defaults However it does not clear the values in the SERVICE menu such as the serial number and page counts Ex NOTE Before performing a cold reset print a configuration page see Use information pages on page 45 Use the information on the configuration page to reset any customer set device configuration values that the cold reset procedure changes Embedded LAN enable Embedded LAN disable Initialize disks AN CAUTION A hard disk initialization erases and reformats the device hard disk Perform a hard disk initialization only if an error code on the control panel indicates a disk error Always try initializing the hard disk before rep
65. top output bin Open the rear output bin to allow the paper to exit in a straight path through the device Turn over the paper that you are printing on Reduce the fusing temperature to reduce the curling See the user guide Print job is extremely slow Cause Solution The job might be very complex The maximum speed of the device cannot be exceeded even when more memory is added Printing speeds might be automatically reduced when printing on custom sized media Note Slower speeds are expected when printing on narrow paper when printing from tray 1 or when using the HIGH 2 fuser mode Reduce the complexity of the page or try adjusting the print quality settings If this problem occurs frequently add memory to the device Troubleshoot general printing problems 243 244 Print job is extremely slow Cause Solution You are printing a PDF or PostScript PS file but are using a PCL printer driver Try using the PS printer driver rather than the PCL printer driver You can usually do this from a software program In the printer driver Type is is set to card stock heavy rough or bond paper In the printer driver set the type to plain paper see the user guide Note If you change the setting to plain paper the print job will print more quickly However if you are using heavy media for best results leave the printer driver set to heavy even though printing might be slowe
66. touch OK The page formatting process was not fast enough for the device Too much data was sent to the EIO card in the specified slot X An incorrect communications protocol might be in use Touch OK to print the transferred data Some data might be lost If this message appears often simplify the print job Touch OK to print the transferred data Some data might be lost Check the host configuration If this message persists you might have to replace the EIO card 22 Embedded I O buffer overflow To continue touch OK 22 USB I O buffer overflow To continue touch OK Too much data was sent to the embedded HP Jetdirect print server Too much data was sent to the USB buffer Touch OK to print the transferred data Some data might be lost Touch OK to clear the error message Data will be lost 30 1 YY Scanner failure An error has occurred in the scanner 1 Make sure that the scanner lock is in the unlocked position 2 Turn the device off and then on 3 Check the cable connections between the ADF scanner assembly and the formatter 4 If this message persists replace the scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 5 If after replacing the scanner assembly the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 40 EIO lt X gt bad transmission To continue touch OK The connection between the device and the EIO card in the specified slot has be
67. using the correct port If the computer has more than one port make sure that the device is attached to the correct one The device is on a network and is not receiving a signal Check cable connections Reinstall the printing software Print a job that you know works Clear any stopped jobs from the print queue The device is not receiving power The device is malfunctioning If no lights are on check the power cord connections Check the power switch Check the power source Check the control panel display for messages and lights to determine if the device is indicating an error Note any messages and see Control panel messages on page 201 Troubleshoot general printing problems 245 Troubleshoot media handling problems If media is feeding incorrectly use the information in this section to identify and resolve the problem Multiple pages feed Table 6 5 Causes for multiple pages feeding Cause Solution Too much media particularly envelopes is loaded in tray 1 Remove some of the media and resend the print job The separation rollers and pads in the trays are worn or damaged Replace the rollers and pads The media edges are locked together Flex the media stack before loading it into the device Do not fan the media The spring pushing the separation roller or pad is defective Replace the spring The media is of poor quality Check the media type and quality see Me
68. w washer M3x6 Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 XB4 7401 005CN Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 XB4 7401 005CN Screw tapping truss head M4x10 310 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 ENWW Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page XB4 7401 005CN Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 XD2 1100 402CN E ring Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Numerical parts list 311 312 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW A Supplies and accessories This section provides information about ordering parts supplies and accessories Use only parts and accessories that are specifically designed for this device Order parts accessories and supplies e Part numbers ENWW 313 Order parts accessories and supplies Several methods are available for ordering parts supplies and accessories Order directly from HP Order through service or support providers Order directly through the embedded Web server for printers that are connected to a network Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software Order directly from HP You can obtain the following items directly from HP Replacement parts To order replacement part
69. 0 3 Replace the print cartridge 252 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Gray background m e S P AaBbCc AQBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc Do not use media that has already been run through the device Try using a different type of media Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself Turn over the stack of media in the tray Also try rotating the stack 180 Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Toner Density submenu and increase the toner density setting See the user guide Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 Replace the print cartridge The power supply might be defective Replace the power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 Toner smear ENWW AaBbCc AaBhCc AaBhCc AaBkCc AaBbCc Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself Try using a different type of media Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser See Clean the device on page 40 Replace the print cartridge The fuser might be defective Replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 The ECU might be defective Replace the ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 Also see Loose toner on page 254
70. 1 of 6 on page 277 Guide center plate left Guide center plate right RC2 0567 000CN RC2 0561 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Guide door arm RC1 4056 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Guide duplex inlet RC1 4096 000CN Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Alphabetical parts list 295 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Guide feed RC1 3935 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Hinge left RC1 4057 000CN Covers on page 275 Hinge right RC1 4058 000CN Covers on page 275 Holder RC1 4009 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Holder cable RC2 0588 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Holder interlock Holder main fan RC2 0595 000CN RC2 0592 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Holder option connector RC1 0562 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Holder sub fan RC2 0622 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Holder switch Holder switch link RC2 0632 000CN RC2 0634 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Holder tag RC1 4127 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Input tray
71. 2 operations 64 ordering through embedded Web server 51 part numbers 271 315 recycling 333 replacement intervals 38 replacing 27 status viewing with HP Easy Printer Care 48 storage 39 supplies status page 45 warranty 320 characters misformed 255 chosen personality not available 211 circuit diagrams 266 classes 270 cleaning ADF 40 device 40 exterior 40 fuser 44 lid backing 42 scanner glass 43 cleaning page printing 44 clock errors 202 communications troubleshooting 225 configuration page Macintosh 53 printing 45 troubleshooting 194 configurations 2 consumables See supplies contacting HP 322 control panel Default Job Options menu 230 Device Behavior menu 230 Information menu 230 Initial Setup menu 230 language selecting 193 Index 345 locating 5 Management menu 230 menumap 45 menus 230 messages numerical list 201 messages types of 201 Print Quality menu 230 removing 84 Resets menu 230 Service menu 228 230 settings 10 test 232 Time Scheduling menu 230 trays configuring 26 troubleshooting 193 Troubleshooting menu 230 231 convenience stapler locating 5 models including 2 power supply removing 123 removing 117 staple cassette part number 316 counterfeit supplies 39 covers ADF removing 80 back removing 101 cartridge door removing 179 fax removing 96 front right removing 109 I O removing 103 left side removing 97 part numbers 274 right side removing 94 top removing 105 cr
72. 2 000CN Guide cartridge upper right Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0498 000CN Mount solenoid Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0559 000CN Guide cassette front right Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0560 000CN RC2 0561 000CN RC2 0565 000CN Guide cassette back right Guide center plate right Guide cassette left front Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0566 000CN Guide cassette left rear Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0567 000CN RC2 0575 000CN Guide center plate left Arm width sensor Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC2 0576 000CN Spring torsion Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC2 0579 000CN Cover gear 304 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number RC2 0585 000CN Description Stopper feed guide left Table and page Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0588 000CN Holder cable Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RC2 0590 000CN RC2 0592 000CN RC2 0593 000CN Duct cartridge Holder main fan Static wire right side fan Internal components 2 of
73. 2 0701 000CN RC2 0702 000CN Bushing inner Stopper cartridge right Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 ENWW Numerical parts list 305 Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number RC2 0703 000CN Description Guide cartridge left upper Table and page Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0704 000CN Guide cartridge left lower Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0705 000CN RC2 0706 000CN RC2 0707 000CN Lever drive release Lever cartridge clamp Stopper cartridge left Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0722 000CN Cover right side DIMM cover Covers on page 275 RC2 0724 000CN Paper clip tray Covers on page 275 RC2 0725 000CN Tray staple Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0726 000CN Cover fax Covers on page 275 RC2 0727 000CN Cover replaces the stapler door for devices without staplers Covers on page 275 RC2 0729 000CN Cover fax internal fax rail Covers on page 275 RC2 0736 000CN Plate I O Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC2 0739 000CN Cover face up sensor cable Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RK2 0534 000CN RK2 1488 000CN Microswitch Motor
74. 20 g m 32 Ib it might not be picked from the tray The media has rough or jagged edges The media is perforated or embossed Replace the media Perforated or embossed media does not separate easily Feed single sheets from tray 1 Device supply items have reached the end of their useful life Check the device control panel for messages prompting you to replace supplies or print a supplies status page to verify the remaining life of the supplies See Use information pages on page 45 Paper was not stored correctly Replace the paper in the trays Paper should be stored in the original packaging in a controlled environment Not all device packing material was removed Verify that the packing tape cardboard and plastic shipping locks have been removed from the device 1 If the device still continues to jam contact HP Customer Support or your authorized HP service provider 214 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Jam locations Use this illustration to locate media jams in the device For instructions about clearing jams see the section listed for each jam location 1 Automatic document feeder ADF See Clear jams from the ADF on page 217 Ey NOTE If documents jam frequently in the ADF make sure that the ADF input tray is installed correctly see Figure 5 5 Reinstalling the ADF input tray on page 83 ADF jams and skew can result from incorrect reinstallation
75. 250 sheets ream 6 ream carton HPU1132 North America HPU1732 North America A4 210 x 297 mm 5 ream carton Q2397A Asia Pacific countries regions documents A4 210 x 297 mm 250 sheet ream 5 CHP412 Europe ream carton Specifications 98 bright 32 Ib 75 g m2 A4 210 x 297 mm 500 sheet ream 5 CHP410 Europe ream carton A4 210 x 297 mm 160 g m 500 sheet CHP413 Europe ream 5 ream carton HP LaserJet paper Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 10 HPJ1124 North America ream carton For use with HP LaserJet devices This is good for letterhead high value Legal 8 5 x 14 in 500 sheets ream 10 HPJ1424 North America memos legal documents direct mail and correspondence Specifications 96 bright 24 Ib 90 g m ream carton Letter 220 x 280 mm 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton Q2398A Asia Pacific countries regions A4 210 x 297 mm 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton Q2400A Asia Pacific countries regions A4 210 x 297 mm 500 sheets ream CHP310 Europe 316 Appendix A Supplies and accessories Item Description Part number HP Printing paper For use with HP LaserJet and inkjet devices This has been created especially for small and home offices It is heavier and brighter than copier paper Specifications 92 bright 22 Ib HP Multipurpose paper For use with all office equipment laser and inkjet devices copiers and fax machines This has bee
76. 3 Find Other Printers window HP Easy Printer Care 48 Finnish laser safety statement 340 ENWW firmware upgrading 239 Firmware Update Macintosh 53 firmware updating 239 folders error messages 213 fonts included 3 list printing 46 Upload Macintosh 53 foreign interface harness FIH locating 6 formatter operations 59 page count resetting 228 removing 116 service ID 228 shield removing 95 test page 235 fraud hotline 39 front right cover removing 109 fuser cleaning 44 diagrams 261 error messages 206 errors 205 paper wrapping errors 203 removing 139 warranty 320 fusing stage 67 G gateways error messages 211 gear assembly removing 162 glass cleaning 43 remove paper message 211 glossary 343 glossy paper 19 gray background troubleshooting 253 H heavy paper 19 high voltage power supply diagrams 261 removing 149 HP Customer Care 322 HP Customer Care Online 270 HP Driver Preconfiguration 9 HP Easy Printer Care about 47 options 48 HP Easy Printer Care software downloading 14 HP fraud hotline 39 HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE 322 HP Jetdirect print server configuration page 45 embedded Web server access 235 error messages 210 installing 35 models including 2 part number 271 partnumbers 315 removing 36 HP Jetdirect print servers firmware updates 242 HP media ordering 316 HP Printer Utility 52 53 HP Printer Utility Macintosh 12 52 HP SupportPack 325 HP Technical Train
77. 32 Ib Up to 500 sheets Recycled 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib Up to 500 sheets Colored paper 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib Up to 500 sheets Media specifications 19 20 Chapter1 Product Information ENWW 2 Installation and configuration Chapter contents e Site preparation e Install trays e Install supplies Install accessories ENWW Chapter contents 21 Site preparation Location specifications Place the device on a sturdy level surface in a well ventilated area that meets the following environmental requirements e Temperature 15 to 32 C 59 to 89 F e Humidity 10 to 80 relative humidity no condensation e Away from direct sunlight open flames and ammonia fumes e Allow sufficient space around the device for access and ventilation See Table C 2 Printer dimensions with all doors and trays fully opened on page 328 for the minimum space requirements 660 4 mm 26 0 in Q a E E id S 8 8 M3027 MFP M3035xs MFP M3027x MFP M3035 MFP Operating environment Environmental condition Recommended Allowed Temperature device and print cartridge 17 to 25 C 63 to 77 F 15 to 32 C 59 to 89 F Relative humidity 30 to 70 no condensation 10 to 80 no condensation A NOTE Optimum performance of the device is assured under the recommended temperature and humidity specifications Print quality might deteriorate and occurrences of paper jams might incre
78. 46 Pages are wrinkled Or Toide aiee rai a EEEE EEEE AAEE EREE 246 Fages are SKOWeG mereen A A EE E E E E 247 Troubleshoot print quality problems cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecceccececeeeeeeseeeeeeetennsneeees 248 Print quality checklist nrerin TS A TO A 248 vii Image defect examples viseaied ncecadeds setae edetadi needed eee EANA ERE ARAN 249 Light print partial PAGS resres EE 250 Light print entire page icitcceiicict eae ecistediens EEEE EEEE 251 SPOCK deri meranen er eI i eaae aE ea a A AE a aE AAE ENE a aa 251 Dropouts ornina E A a ed aia ates 252 LINES aeea a a a a a a e E 252 Gray backgiound eccscireani iien ana EEEE EEEE EEE 253 Toner smear anseiscacs ces venweseneees canes cteeined0tnsdasscaad aaae aar Eaa aana Enina AEN ELAS NARESE 253 Loose toner sccciacdesceeecatades cevstevies ae Ate ere E eee A teem E A ei aT 254 Repeating detects sesckniatoiiro ts i nan AEAN 254 Repeathag IMAGE eesin e a E E 255 Mistormed Characters iscrio adia aeaa a a A 255 PAGES SKOW ossen gna a a debate dea caaees 256 CUM OF WAVE aeiia enana a aa aeaa aaa aaa aaa Aan Na 256 Wrinkles or creases cceeceeccee cece eee ee eee te eee tett ttt ce aaa aaaaaaaeaeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteneeeesneaea 257 Vertical white lines ser ectisiceaiececsteerdaceree ierialins nd aauacnieanaevaer aa EE AEE LEa aa 257 Tire tracks sssrini inania ateraia ada araeir itana Gaetabscasagetatssareiaudadiaarteiaaeae 258 White Spots 0n DIACK i
79. 5 0366 000CN XB4 7401 005CN Internal components 283 Figure 7 6 Internal components 4 of 6 ENWW 284 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 7 Internal components 4 of 6 501 502 Description Guide duplex inlet Feed assembly lower Power supply Feed guide assembly Plate grounding Position guide assembly Sensor PCA top of page Sensor PCA width Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Screw w washer M3x6 Part number Qty RC1 4096 000CN 1 RM1 3759 000CN 1 RM1 3758 000CN 1 RM1 3760 000CN 1 RC1 4085 000CN 1 RM1 1506 000CN 1 RM1 4040 000CN 1 RM1 4042 000CN 1 XB4 7401 005CN 6 XB2 7300 605CN 1 Internal components 285 s m amp 501 RESNA y ijn 7S Figure 7 7 Internal components 5 of 6 ENWW 286 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 8 Internal components 5 of 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 19 20 501 502 Description Solenoid tray 1 Pick up roller gear assembly Roller stay assembly Spring torsion Sensor PCA multipurpose Cover face up sensor cable Holder cable Holder main fan Static wire right side fan Fan right side Screw D M3x8 Lever sensor Cable guide Screw tapping M3x6 Guide Cable guide Tray 2 pickup assembly also see Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 290 Fuser 110 127 V Fuser 220 240 V ECU 110 127 V E
80. 6 4 in 33 4 kg 73 5 Ib With print cartridge Table C 2 Printer dimensions with all doors and trays fully opened Printer model Height Depth Width HP LaserJet M3027 M3027x and M3035 MFPs 870 mm 34 3 in 978 mm 38 4 in 464 mm 19 3 in HP LaserJet M3035xs MFP 1 010 mm 39 8 in Electrical specifications WARNING Power requirements are based on the country region where the device is sold Do not convert operating voltages This can damage the device and void the product warranty Table C 3 Power requirements Specification 110 volt models 220 volt models Power requirements 100 to 127 volts 10 220 to 240 volts 10 50 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 60 Hz 2 Hz Rated current 7 5 Amps 4 5 Amps Table C 4 Power consumption average in watts Printer model Printing Ready Sleep Off HP LaserJet M3027 625 W 11W 8 5 W 0 4 W HP LaserJet M3027x 625 W 11W 8 5 W 0 4 W HP LaserJet M3035 625 W 11W 8 5 W 0 4 W HP LaserJet M3035xs 625 W 11W 8 5 W 0 4 W Values subject to change See www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp for current information Power numbers are the highest values measured using all standard voltages Default time from Ready mode to Sleep 30 minutes Heat dissipation in Ready mode 37 5 BTU hour Recovery time from Sleep to start of printing less than 8 5 seconds Print speed is 27 or 35 ppm N w a a D 328 Appendix C
81. A RARAS 225 CAN hardware test 2 2 cdi eect adelante eh a nel ad 225 SEFvice MOde UNCHIONS oon aan heen eile ects E neti ede 226 Boot up key sequences cccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceaeeaeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceesesenecunaecaeeeeeeeeeeneeees 226 Low level boot up key sequence for selecting a language performing a cold reset and enabling and disabling embedded LAN ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneees 227 Medium level boot up key sequence for initializing disks eeeeeeeeeees 227 High level boot up key sequence for NVRAM initialization manufacturing and skipping disk load and Calibration ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecceecaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 227 DEMVICSMMONU Tiira eats Gacy AR RAA E SEATER AE AEAEE A ORN 228 Service IDs saissecees dacsgcece bedeeedieeeatiece ded bedgee a dice a a aa dee eb tegi edi edd eed 228 Restore th Service ID maneio age ai ee nde gta eet 229 Convert the service ID to an actual date 0 eee eecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeentaeeeeeeeaas 229 TrOubleshoOoting TOOS areae E E EA E EEA AEA 230 Control panel Menus ccccccecceceeeeeee eee eeeeeceeceaaeaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesececencunaeeeeeeeeeeeees 230 Print Quallity menteri cities nen eed en iene Git ee 230 Troubleshooting Menu sarrerea a A TTEN 231 Early boot diagnostic test eesin EEE EE EEES 233 TeSt Pages a A A AE EEEN A 234 Engine test page ia a E A E E ee ey 234 Formatter test paga ticn2 ccceis ies ine i iin ae eee 235 Embedded W
82. CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Solenoid RK2 1492 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Solenoid tray 1 RK2 1490 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Spring compression RC2 0483 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Spring compression RU5 2404 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Spring compression RU5 2405 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Spring compression RC1 4140 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Spring compression Spring compression Spring compression RU5 2401 000CN RU5 2920 000CN RU5 2408 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Spring compression RU5 2385 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Spring leaf Spring tension RC1 4067 000CN RU5 2388 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Covers on page 275 Spring tension Spring tension RU5 2407 000CN RU5 2403 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Alphabetical parts list 299 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Spring torsion Part number RU5 2410 020CN Table and page Interna
83. CU 220 240 V Gear assembly Screw tapping truss head M4x10 Screw w washer M3x6 Part number RK2 1490 000CN RM1 3714 000CN RM1 1485 000CN RU5 2386 000CN RM1 4041 000CN RC2 0739 000CN RC2 0588 000CN RC2 0592 000CN RC2 0593 000CN RK2 1497 000CN XA9 1671 000CN RC1 3939 000CN WT2 5694 000CN XA9 1503 000CN RC1 4083 000CN WT2 5678 000CN RM1 3762 000CN RM1 3740 000CN RM1 3741 O00CN RM1 3774 000CN RM1 3775 000CN RM1 3712 000CN XB4 7401 005CN XB2 7300 605CN Internal components 287 Figure 7 8 Internal components 6 of 6 288 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams 8 Sws501 J408 2 J406 t n J1205 ENWW ENWW Table 7 9 Internal components 6 of 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 501 Description Power switch Holder switch Link switch Holder switch link Cable guide Roller assembly bottom plate Holder interlock Microswitch Cushion right lower Foot rubber Guide cartridge upper right Mount solenoid Guide cassette front right Guide cassette back right Guide center plate right Holder option connector Guide cartridge lower right Stopper cartridge right Connector drawer Cable guide Screw D M3x8 Bushing Roller face down Spring torsion Plate face up shield Connector snap tight black Photo interrupter Roller assembly face down Solenoid
84. Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Clear jams from the ADF 1 Open the ADF cover 2 3 4 Open the scanner lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands When the media is free gently pull it out in the direction shown ENWW Clear jams 217 5 Close the scanner lid and then lower the roller assembly 6 7 218 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Clear jams from the print cartridge area 1 Open the front door and remove the print cartridge CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes 2 Open the plate and then slowly pull the media out of the device Be careful to not tear the media VAN CAUTION Avoid spilling loose toner Use a dry lint free cloth to clean any toner that might have fallen into the device If loose toner falls into the device it might cause temporary problems with print quality Loose toner should clear from the paper path after a few pages are printed If toner gets on your clothing wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric 3 Replace the print cartridge and then close the front door If a jam message persists there is still media in the device Look for media in other locations ENWW Clear jams 219 Clear jams from the input tray areas EA NOTE To remove media from the tray 1 area slowly pull the media out of the device For all
85. F input tray F Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the ADF input tray slide the tray straight into place ADF jams and skew can result from incorrect reinstallation ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies 83 Control panel 1 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the gap at the left side of the control panel to disengage the control panel and then lift up the front of the control panel Figure 5 6 Removing the control panel 1 of 2 84 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Disconnect one cable callout 1 Figure 5 7 Removing the control panel 2 of 2 3 Lift the control panel off of the device ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies 85 Figure 5 8 Reinstalling the control panel oy Reinstallation tip Make sure that you insert the tabs at the back of the control panel callout 2 3 gt into the slots 86 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ADF 1 Unscrew the thumb screws callout 1 on the ADF cable at the back of the device and then unplug the cable Figure 5 9 Removing the ADF 1 of 3 ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies 87 2 Lift the ADF lid and then press the hinge release tab callout 2 toward the right side of the device x Figure 5 10 Removing the ADF 2 of 3 88 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Lift the ADF off of the device ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner ass
86. Fax cover on page 96 e Left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 e ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Remove one screw callout 1 from the stapler cover and then lift the cover off of the device i pi j oving the stapler 1 of 3 Figure 5 38 Rem ENWW Stapler 117 3 Remove two screws callout 2 from the stapler bracket Figure 5 39 Removing the stapler 2 of 3 sl Reinstallation tip Be careful not to pinch the stapler cables when reinstalling and 23 gt tightening the screws 118 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Lift the stapler out of the device and then disconnect one cable callout 3 from the back of the stapler Figure 5 40 Removing the stapler 3 of 3 ENWW Stapler 119 Figure 5 41 Reinstalling the stapler 1 of 3 o Reinstallation tip For correct placement insert the metal tab at the back of the stapler callout 4 into the slot in the chassis callout 5 The following figure shows correct placement of the metal tab in callout 6 and incorrect placement of the metal tab in callout 7 i Daen a a eo Figure 5 42 Reinstalling the stapler 2 of 3 correct callout 6 and incorrect callout 7 reinstallation of the metal tab 120 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW s F Reinstallation tip Make sure that the actuator rod callout 8 is inserted into the hole in the stapler and that it moves f
87. HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 MFP Service Manual HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 Multifunction Service Manual invent Copyright and License 2006 Copyright Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number CB414 90940 Edition 1 10 2006 Trademark Credits Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Linux is a U S registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are U S regis
88. Order black cartridge The number of pages remaining for the print cartridge has reached the low threshold The device was set to stop printing when a supply needs to be ordered Touch OK to continue printing until the print cartridge is out of toner To order a new print cartridge see Order parts accessories and supplies on page 314 Output bin lt X gt full The specified output bin is full and printing cannot continue Empty the bin to continue printing Password or name is incorrect Please enter correct login The user name or password was typed incorrectly Retype the user name and password PIN is incorrect Please re enter PIN The PIN was typed incorrectly Retype the PIN 212 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Please turn device off and install hard disk The requested job requires a hard disk but the device does not have a hard disk installed Turn the device off and install a hard disk Replace black cartridge The print cartridge is out of toner Replace the print cartridge See Change the print cartridge on page 27 NOTE Depending on how the device is configured this message might appear when it is time to order a new print cartridge In this case the message indicates that you can touch OK to continue printing EA Sanitizing disk lt
89. Print Fax reports 1 From the Home screen touch Administration Five reports show fax activity fax calls 2 Touch Information billing codes blocked fax numbers and speed dial numbers 3 Touch Fax Reports Ey NOTE Fax reports are 4 Touch one of the following buttons to print the corresponding report available only on device e Fax Activity Log models that have fax capabilties e Fax Call Report e Billing Codes Report e Blocked Fax List e Speed Dial List 5 Touch Print For more information see the fax guide that came with the device Font lists 1 From the Home screen touch Administration Shows which fonts are currently 2 Touch Information installed in the device 3 Touch Sample Pages Fonts 4 Touch either PCL Font List or PS Font List 5 Touch Print Ey NOTE The font lists also show which fonts reside on a hard disk accessory or DIMM 46 Chapter3 Maintenance ENWW Use the HP Easy Printer Care software The HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks e Check the device status e Check supplies status e Set up alerts e Gain access to problem solving and maintenance tools You can use the HP Easy Printer Care software when the device is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network You must perform a complete software installation to use the HP Easy Printer Care software Ex NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and
90. S error pages 198 Q quality image defect ruler 238 settings 230 troubleshooting 248 R rear output bin locating 5 rear output bin locating 5 recovery firmware 239 recycling 333 registration assembly diagrams 261 removing 183 regulatory information 331 remote firmware update RFU 239 removing Macintosh software 12 removing parts 77 78 repacking device 324 repeating defects troubleshooting 238 254 repeating images troubleshooting 260 replacing parts 77 78 replacing printing cartridges 27 Resets menu control panel 230 resolution features 3 settings 53 troubleshooting quality 248 Resolution Enhancement technology REt 53 REt Resolution Enhancement technology 53 right side cover locating 5 removing 94 right side fan removing 128 riser removing 138 rollers diagrams 262 face down shaft removing 177 image defect ruler 238 locating 68 oblique removing 146 transfer removing 182 tray 1 pickup removing 186 tray 2 pickup removing 187 ruler image defect 238 S safety statements 339 340 scanner errors 204 operations 58 part numbers 272 power on sequence 72 removing 90 scanner calibration 231 scanner glass cleaning 43 remove paper message 211 scanner lid backing cleaning 42 scanning to e mail error messages 211 213 screwdrivers required 78 screws replacing 77 sending to e mail error messages 211 213 sensors ADF 57 diagrams 263 jam detection 216 operations 62 tray 1 re
91. Specifications ENWW Acoustic emissions Table C 5 Sound power and pressure level Sound power level Declared per ISO 9296 Printing Lwag 6 5 Bels A 65 dB A Ready Essentially Inaudible Sound pressure level Declared per ISO 9296 Printing Lpam 56 dB A Ready Essentially Inaudible 1 Values subject to change See www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp for current information 2 Configuration tested base printer simplex printing with A4 paper size 3 Print speed is 27 or 35 ppm Operating environment ENWW Table C 6 Necessary conditions Environmental condition Printing Storage standby Temperature printer and print cartridge 15 to 32 5 C 59 to 89 F 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F Relative humidity 10 to 80 0 to 95 Acoustic emissions 329 330 Appendix C Specifications ENWW D Regulatory information This section contains the following regulatory information ry FCC regulations e Environmental product stewardship program e Telecom statement e Declaration of conformity e Safety statements ENWW 331 FCC regulations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency e
92. T 30 asal MOMON oas R 30 Install devico MEMORY ission iiinn EEE AAA 30 Check DIMM installation c cccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeaaaaaesaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseteeceeenenssiaeeees 34 Enable memory for WiINdOWS osses anise A aa ERAAN Aa aK ENNEA 34 Use HP Jetdirect print server Cards ccccccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeceaaeaaeaaecaeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeees 35 Install an HP Jetdirect print Server Card cccccceeeeeee cette eeeee tees eeeteeeeeeeteeneeees 35 Remove an HP Jetdirect print Server Card cceceeeeeee cece eect eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 36 3 Maintenance Chapter Contents acc csccaiscucedetacaccalessasaasandzannyed cntecahaadecetsdusaahaduadzeassodwaceaaaee s ceddsaraaccaguaosvansiccueanacauaedsaes 37 Manage SUPPIIES siieviasssdacncessavadaensavessaddenanensas aa onaas sana bidacea aes MetuuasasaAlendtansachecensaeaieeduassa 38 SUP PIES life eso a aa AE Ea a aE Eaa EEE E EAEE 38 Approximate print cartridge replacement intervals ccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeteeeeeeeneees 38 Manage the print Cartridge 00 0 cece ee eeeeee eee eeeeae eee eeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeiieeeeeneeeaas 39 Printcartridge Stra Qe aes tc eee cdeeeteleeeceseeeev aE E E 39 Use genuine HP print Cartridges 20 0 0 eeeeeeneee eee eeeenaeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeaas 39 HP policy on non HP print Cartridges 0 0 eee cecee cess eee eeeeentneeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeaas 39 Print cartridge authentication
93. To prevent damage to the print cartridge avoid touching the roller on it and store the print cartridge in its original packing material or so that it is not exposed to light 3 Remove and retain the power cable interface cable and optional accessories 324 Appendix B Service and support ENWW 4 f possible include print samples and 50 to 100 sheets of paper or other print media that did not print correctly 5 Inthe U S call HP Customer Care to request new packing material In other areas use the original packing material if possible Hewlett Packard recommends insuring the equipment for shipment Extended warranty HP Support provides coverage for the HP hardware product and all HP supplied internal components The hardware maintenance covers a 1 to 3 year period from date of the HP product purchase The customer must purchase HP Support within the stated factory warranty For more information contact the HP Customer Care Service and Support group ENWW HP maintenance agreements 325 326 Appendix B Service and support ENWW ENWW Specifications e Physical specifications Electrical specifications e Acoustic emissions e Operating environment 327 Physical specifications Table C 1 Printer dimensions Printer model Height Depth Width Weight HP LaserJet M3027 M3027x and 530 mm 20 9 in 400mm 15 7 in 464 mm 19 3 in 27 6 kg 60 6 Ib M3035 MFPs HP LaserJet M3035xs MFP 670 mm 2
94. W Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Cannot duplex close rear bin The device cannot print on both sides of the page if the rear output bin is open Close the rear output bin Check the glass and remove any paper To continue press Start Chosen personality not available To continue touch OK A digital send or copy job has been performed from the scanner glass but the original document needs to be removed A print job requested a language personality that is not available for this device The job will not print and will be cleared from memory Remove the original document from the scanner glass and then press Start Print the job by using a printer driver for a different printer language or add the requested language to the device if possible To see a list of available personalities print a configuration page See Use information pages on page 45 CLEANING DISK X COMPLETE alternates with DO NOT POWER OFF Close front door The memory disk is being cleaned This process might take up to an hour During this time no jobs can be printed The front door is open Do not turn off the device Wait for the process to complete The device automatically restarts at the end of the cleaning process Close the front door If the message persists make sure that the front door microswitch is installed correctly and that it is
95. X gt complete Do not power off Scan failure Press Start to rescan The hard disk is being cleaned The scan was unsuccessful and the document needs to be rescanned Contact the network administrator If necessary reposition the document to rescan it and then press Start SMTP gateway not responding The SMTP gateway has exceeded a time out value Verify the e mail server address See the user guide Contact the network administrator The digital sending service at lt IP Address gt does not service this MFP Contact administrator The digital sending service must be upgraded to support this version of the MFP firmware Contact administrator The device cannot communicate with the specified IP address The digital sending service is not supported by the device firmware version that is currently installed Verify the IP address Contact the network administrator Check the firmware version Contact the network administrator The folder you have entered is not a valid folder Tray XX Open or Empty The folder name was entered incorrectly or the folder does not exist The tray indicated is either open or empty Re enter the folder name correctly or add the folder Load or close the tray Printing can continue from another tray Unable to connect A network connection is not detected Verify the network connection Contact the network administrator Unable to copy The de
96. Y 12 2 To calculate DDD use the following formula 30 calendar month 1 calendar day DDD If the calendar day is 31 use 30 instead For instance if the printer was first used on October 17 calculate DDD as follows a Subtract 1 from 10 October is the tenth month of the year 10 1 9 b Multiply 9 by 30 9 x 30 270 c Add 17 to 270 270 17 287 DDD 287 Convert the service ID to an actual date You can use the device service ID number to determine whether the device is still under warranty Use the following procedure to convert the service ID into the installation date 1 Add 1990 to YY to determine the actual year that the device was installed 2 Divide DDD by 30 and add 1 to the remainder The total is the month 3 The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the day of the month Using the Service ID 12287 as an example the date conversion is as follows e 12 1990 2002 so the year is 2002 e 287 divided by 30 9 with a remainder of 17 Add 1 to 9 to get 10 so the month is October e The remainder from the above calculation is 17 so that is the day of the month e The complete date is 17 October 2002 A six day grace period is built into the date system ENWW Service mode functions 229 Troubleshooting tools Control panel menus Touch Administration to open the control panel menus Use the scroll bar on the control panel to scroll through the menus Touching a menu item opens the m
97. a sizes Table 1 1 Supported media sizes Input Letter Legal A4 A5 Executive B5 JIS 16K Custom Statement S Postcard Envelope tray JIS JIS Tray 1 x x vox y w a vw a vw x Tray 2 w w w we w w tray 3 1 Supported envelope sizes are 10 Monarch C5 DL and B5 Table 1 2 Automatic 2 sided printing Media size Dimensions Weight and thickness Letter 216 x 279 mm 8 5 x 11 in 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib bond Legal 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in A4 211 x 297 mm 8 3 x 11 7 in JIS 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in 1 Automatic 2 sided printing on weights heavier than those shown can produce unexpected results A NOTE Automatic 2 sided duplex printing is available with the HP LaserJet M3027x HP LaserJet M3035 and HP LaserJet M3035xs models Manual 2 sided printing Most of the supported media sizes and types listed for printing from tray 1 can be manually duplexed See the user guide for more information 18 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Supported media types ENWW Table 1 3 Tray 1 media types Type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Plain Minimum 76 x 127 mm 3x 5in 60 to 199 g m 16 to 53 Ib 100 sheets Preprinted Maximum 216 x 356 mm 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib 100 sheets 8 5 x 14 in Letterhead 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib 100 sheets Prepunched 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib 100 sheets Bond 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib bond 100 s
98. aaeaeeaaeeaeeeeeeees 270 SUPPE S renosa e E E AEE A e A E E E SA EA 270 Consumables and accessories eecceeeeeeeceeeeeceecnecaecaeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeesaecaseaaaaaaeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 271 Consumables and accessories cccccceecce cee ee eee tetit ee eeeeaaeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeieeesensaees 271 ADF scanner assembly cccccceceeeee eee eeeeeee eee eeeneeee seer eeneeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseceeaeeeeeeseceeaaeeeesegeaaeereeenaaeeees 272 COVES oireina anna a aaa a dasuadstuat dhcaanscasd ia E sane cusasaavedeadecsansdeasdadanadandedeabaeadvedss 274 Internal COMPOMCINS saniser asana ve ganduadanhancdexaeseanneeuacauadendaudestatahesssubanndengeasaaedadens 276 Tray 2 PICKUP ASSOMDIY esnnruno tnn oaa EA abe sgdbadeseen santa asueste 290 Alphabetical parts Stomias a aa aaa ea aa aE donne 292 Numerical parts liStnssire susson cinia aan a aiaia aaa Eaa aaa Ea dEi aa E a EA 302 Appendix A Supplies and accessories Order parts accessories and supplies 20 2 0 ce ceccceece cee ce eee eeeeeeceecceaaeaeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeseesecceccsasaeeaeeeeees 314 Order directly Trom HP saceesiedecesectestevsadanced bdegguaneee Aegan nE ANAA NAAA 314 Order through service or support providers ceceeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeteeeeensaeeaeees 314 viii ENWW Order directly through the embedded Web server for printers that are connected to a DEWO e oa eget ea en cadena E EOE 314 Order directly through the HP Easy Print
99. age See Use information pages on page 45 YES gt Go to step 3 nov A configuration page does not print Verify that all trays are correctly loaded adjusted and installed in the device e At the computer check the print queue or print spooler to see if the device has been paused If problems exist with the current print job or if the device is paused a configuration page will not print Press Stop and try again to print a configuration page A blank page prints e Verify that the sealing tape was removed from print cartridge See the getting started guide or the instructions that came with the print cartridge e The print cartridge might be empty Install a new print cartridge A message other e See Control panel messages on page 201 than READY or PRINTING CONFIGURATION appears on the control panel display 194 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW 3 Does the device copy ENWW YES gt Go to step 4 Nov Poor copy quality from the ADF Media does not move smoothly through the ADF path If the print quality from the internal tests and the copy from the flatbed were acceptable clean the ADF scanning strip See Clean the scanner glass on page 43 If the ADF is damaged replace the ADF see ADF assembly on page 80 Make sure that the media HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 Clean the ADF roller and separation pad See Clean the ADF on page 40
100. age sensor callout 4 which can be removed according to instructions in this section Tray 1 media present sensor callout 5 which can be removed according to instructions in this section 174 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW E label reader memory tag 1 Remove all of the covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Disconnect one cable callout 1 and then thread the cable through the hole in the device chassis ap EA Figure 5 92 Removing the e label reader 1 of 2 ENWW E label reader memory tag 175 3 Remove one screw callout 2 Figure 5 93 Removing the e label reader 2 of 2 4 Lift the e label reader out of the device 20 Reinstallation tip Insert the tab at the front of the reader into the metal slot first 176 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Face down roller shaft 1 Remove all of the covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Rotate the bushings callout 1 at both ends of the face down roller shaft A NOTE The bushing on the left side of the device rotates to a horizontal position The bushing on the right side rotates approximately 45 U Figure 5 94 Removing the face down roller shaft 1 of 2 ENWW Face down roller shaft 177 3 Lift the end at the right side of the device and then slide the shaft toward the right side to clear th
101. age to view more detailed information about device supplies ordering information and recycling information Support tab Provides help information and links e Provides device information including alerts for items needing attention e Provides links to troubleshooting and maintenance tools Find Other Printers window Allows you to add more printers to your printer list Clicking the Find Other Printers link in the Devices list opens the Find Other Printers window The Find Other Printers window provides a utility that detects other network printers so that you can add them to the Devices list and then monitor those devices from your computer 48 Chapter3 Maintenance ENWW Use the embedded Web server When the device is connected to the network the embedded Web server is automatically available A NOTE When the device is directly connected to a computer use the HP Easy Printer Care software to view the device status View device control status information Set the type of paper loaded in each tray Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones View and change tray configurations View and change the device control panel menu configuration View and print internal pages Receive notification of device and supplies events View and change network configuration View support content that is specific to the current state of the device To use the embedded Web server you must have Microsoft I
102. al components 4 of 6 on page 285 Alphabetical parts list 297 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Power switch Part number RC2 0631 000CN Table and page Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Power supply stapler Q7429 69501 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Rear cover assembly RM1 3724 000CN Covers on page 275 Registration assembly RM1 3715 O00CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Roller assembly bottom plate Roller assembly delivery RM1 3727 000CN RM1 1497 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Roller assembly face down RM1 3749 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Roller stay assembly RM1 1485 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Roller face down Roller tray 1 pick up RC1 3994 000CN RL1 0568 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Scanner assembly ADF assembly is not included CB414 67905 ADF scanner assembly on page 273 Screw w washer M3x6 XB2 7300 605CN Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Screw w washer M3x6 Screw D M3x8 XB2 7300 605CN XA9 1671 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Screw D M3x8 XA9 1671 000CN
103. an Oblique roller assembly _Left side fan _High voltage power supply HVPS Figure 5 1 Parts removal diagram ENWW _Feed guide assembly Main motor Gear assembly Tray 2 solenoid Pickup assembly Tray 1 media present sensor Top of page sensor Introduction 79 Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies ADF assembly The ADF cover and the ADF input tray need not be removed unless they require service ADF cover 1 Open the ADF cover 2 Rotate the ADF cover firmly toward the left side of the device and down to release three tabs callout 1 Figure 5 2 Removing the ADF cover 80 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 5 3 Reinstalling the ADF cover sil Q Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the ADF cover firmly press the three tabs until they click 3 gt into place When the three tabs are installed correctly the cover should close easily If it does not open the ADF cover and check the tabs Do not force the ADF cover closed Forcing the ADF cover closed can damage the cover ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies 81 ADF input tray 1 Open the ADF cover 2 Pull the ADF input tray up firmly to release one tab callout 1 i Figure 5 4 Removing the ADF input tray 82 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 5 5 Reinstalling the AD
104. ansferred to the Web site where you will receive information on options for purchasing your selected supplies e Print Shopping List button Prints the information for the supplies that have the Order check box selected Alert Settings window Allows you to configure the device to automatically notify you of device issues e Alerts on or off Activates or deactivates the alerts feature e When alerts appear Sets when you want alerts to appear either when you are printing to that particular device or anytime there is a device event e Alert event type Sets whether you want alerts for only critical errors or for any error including continuable errors e Notification method Sets what type of alert should appear pop up message or desktop alert Overview tab Contains basic status information for the device e Devices list Shows the devices that you can select e Device Status section Shows device status information This section will indicate device alert conditions such as an empty print cartridge It also shows device identification information control panel messages and print cartridge levels After you correct a problem with the device click the button to update the section e Supplies Status section Shows detailed supplies status such as the percentage of toner remaining in the print cartridge and the status of the media that is loaded in each tray e Supplies Details link Opens the supplies status p
105. any Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 Series Accessories Q7817A Optional 1x500 Sheet Tray BOISB 0308 00 Fax module Regulatory Model Number BOISB 0406 01 Product Options ALL Print Cartridge Q7551A Q7551X conforms to the following Product Specifications Safety IEC 60950 1 2001 EN60950 1 2001 A11 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 A2 EN 60825 1 1994 A1 A2 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 2001 EMC CISPR 22 1993 A1 A2 EN 55022 1994 A1 A2 Class A EN 61000 3 2 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A ICES 003 Issue 4 TELECOM TBR 21 1998 EG 201 121 1998 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex II and carries the CE Marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number s
106. aper path 3 Verify that the fuser motor M2 connector is firmly seated The fuser motor wiring is hard wired to the back of the ECU at connector J501 The motor connector is free standing behind the ECU To see if the fuser motor is functional observe the output stacker rollers while turning on the device If the rollers rotate the motor is functional If they do not rotate verify the connection 13 15 00 Jam inside front door Remove print cartridge Media is jammed in the fuser area Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the print cartridge area on page 219 If the message persists check the thermistor delivery sensor J405 and delivery sensor SR2 cable connections 13 20 Jam inside rear bin Clear jam then open and close front door Media is jammed in the output bin Open the rear output bin and gently remove the jammed media Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the output bin areas on page 223 13 31 00 Jam inside front door Media is jammed in the paper path Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the input tray areas on page 220 If the message persists check the rear door face up bin sensor cable connection 13 65 Jam inside rear bin Clear jam then open and close front door Media is jammed in the fuser area Open the rear output bin and gently remove t
107. are not affected by the Auto Continue setting If a critical error persists service is required Resolve control panel messages Table 6 1 Control panel messages Control panel message Description Recommended action Digital Send Server is not Responding The device cannot communicate with the Contact the network administrator Contact Administrator Digital Send Server 10 10 00 ERROR The device cannot read or write to the print 1 Verify that a genuine HP print cartridge cartridge e label or the e label is missing is installed in the device from the print cartridge 2 Verify that the memory tag PCA is installed in the device 3 Verify that the memory tag connector is firmly seated in connector J510 on the ECU You might have to remove the main cooling fan to see this connection 10 32 00 Unauthorized Supply A supply has been installed that does not If you believe you purchased a genuine HP pass the authentication test for genuine HP supply visit us at www hp com go supplies anticounterfeit Any repair required as a result of using non HP supplies or unauthorized supplies is not covered under warranty HP cannot ensure the accuracy or the availability of certain features To continue printing touch OK ENWW Control panel messages 201 Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action 11 XX Internal clock error To continue The device real time cl
108. artridge Page count Approximate time period Black Q7551A 6 500 pages 3 months Black Q7551X 13 000 pages 6 months 1 Approximate life is based on 2 000 pages per month To order supplies online go to www hp com support LJIM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp 38 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Manage the print cartridge Print cartridge storage Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes Use genuine HP print cartridges When you use a genuine new HP print cartridge you can obtain the following supplies information e Percentage of supplies remaining e Estimated number of pages remaining e Number of pages printed HP policy on non HP print cartridges Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP print cartridges either new or remanufactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality EA NOTE Any damage caused by a non HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warranty and service agreements To install a new HP print cartridge see Change the print cartridge on page 27 To recycle the used cartridge follow the instructions included with the new cartridge Print cartridge authentication The device automatically authenticates the print cartridge when it is inserted into the device During a
109. ase when the device is operated within the allowed temperature and humidity specifications 22 Chapter2 Installation and configuration ENWW Install trays Load tray 1 multipurpose tray Tray 1 holds up to 100 sheets of paper up to 75 transparencies up to 50 sheets of labels or up to 10 envelopes For information about loading special media see the user guide 1 Open tray 1 by pulling the front cover down 2 Slide out the plastic tray extender If the media that is being loaded is longer than 229 mm 9 in also flip open the additional tray extender ENWW Install trays 23 4 Place media into the tray short edge in print side up The media should be centered between the media width guides and under the tabs on the media width guides 5 Slide the media width guides inward until they lightly touch the media stack on both sides without bending it Make sure that the media fits under the tabs on the media width guides A NOTE Do not add media to tray 1 while the device is printing This could cause a jam Do not close the front door when the device is printing 24 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW Load tray 2 and optional tray 3 Trays 2 and 3 support only paper For supported paper sizes see Media specifications on page 15 1 Pull the tray out of the device and remove any paper 2 On the rear paper length guide press the tab and slide it so that the pointer matches the paper size
110. ass 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the device is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation WARNING Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme a la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM VCCI statement Japan COREL FRUBRESEREE SB ERRA VCCI OBE CHOC DFAARRAHEE CY CORES REE CHAT SCER MSE SROTCEMHVET COMSILISHAAM BUCHAREST SBEDBRENSCEMHVET Power cord statement Japan Nmd ASN BRAKES RSL ASAE BRAK IS HOR Cite AMRECA EMI statement Korea ASA CH A ALA Ua AMS H9807 AAAs AAIOISLI Ore AAS YPelokAs MA he 2M HaFSses wstalaAl7l HG ENWW Safety statements 339 EMI statement Taiwan BEHA Ie PIN Aen gt EERE gt PT HE re CH BA PEE WEKA P EHE ORR IER o Laser statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP LaserJet M3027 M3027x M3035 M3035xs laserkirjoitin on k ytt j n kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittime
111. assembly on page 273 CB414 67916 Q7429 69501 ADF assembly ADF scanner assembly on page 273 Internal components 1 of 6 Power supply stapler on page 277 Q7819 60001 Formatter Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RAO 1003 000CN Foot rubber Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RAO 1003 000CN RAO 1172 000CN Foot rubber Gear 17T Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 0562 000CN Holder option connector Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC1 0922 000CN Bushing transfer right Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 0939 000CN Pad separation Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 6 of 6 RC1 3665 000CN Bushing on page 289 RC1 3935 000CN Guide feed Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 3936 020CN Cover registration Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 3937 000CN RC1 3939 000CN Arm pad Lever sensor Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RC1 3994 000CN Roller face down Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 302 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number RC1 4009 000CN Description Holder Table and page Internal components 1 of 6 o
112. ate the I O cover to clear tabs at the right side of the cover Figure 5 24 Removing the I O cover 3 Lift the cover off of the device ENWW Covers 103 Fax rail 1 Remove the following components Right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 Formatter shield see Formatter shield on page 95 Fax cover see Fax cover on page 96 Left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 Back cover see Back cover on page 101 I O cover see 1 O cover on page 103 ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Remove two screws callout 1 Figure 5 25 Removing the fax rail 3 Lift the fax rail off of the device 104 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Top cover 1 Remove the following components e Right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 e Formatter shield see Formatter shield on page 95 e Fax cover see Fax cover on page 96 e Left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 e Back cover see Back cover on page 101 e I O cover see O cover on page 103 e ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Fax rail See Fax rail on page 104 2 Remove two screws callout 1 from each side of the device a total of four screws 2 Figure 5 26 Removing the top cover 1 of 3 ENWW Covers 105 3 Squeeze the cover at the back of the device to release two tabs and lift up the cover slightly i Fiz Figur
113. ations for the device product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written description of the problem and print samples or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE 320 Appendix B Service and support ENWW THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU ENWW Print cartridge limited warranty statement 321 HP Customer Care Online Services For 24 hour access to updated HP device specific software product information and support information through an Internet connection go to the Web site www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LIM3035mfp Go to www h
114. ature to show the 50 most recent events in the event log Touch Print to print the full event log Calibrate Scanner Calibrate Use this feature to compensate for offsets in the scanner imaging system carriage head for ADF and flatbed scans You might need to calibrate the scanner if it is not capturing the correct sections of scanned documents Fax T 30 Trace T 30 Report When to Print Report Never auto print Print after any fax job Print after fax send jobs Print after any fax error Print after send errors only Print after receive errors only Use this feature to print or configure the fax T 30 trace report T 30 is the standard that specifies handshaking protocols and error correction between fax machines Fax Transmit Signal Loss Fax V 34 A value between 0 and 30 Use this feature to set loss levels to compensate for phone line signal loss You should not modify this setting unless requested to do so by an HP service representative because it could cause the fax to stop functioning Use this feature to disable V 34 modulations if several Normal default Off fax failures have occurred or if phone line conditions require it Fax Speaker Mode Normal default Diagnostic This feature is used by a service technician to evaluate and diagnose fax issues by listening to the sounds of fax modulations ENWW Troubleshooting tools 231 Table 6 3 Troubleshooting menu continu
115. before you can visit these Web sites Connecting to the Internet might require that you close your Web browser and reopen it e HP Instant Support connects to the HP Web site to help you find solutions This service analyzes your device error log and configuration information to provide diagnostic and support information that is specific to your device e Order Supplies connects to the HP Web site so that you can order genuine HP supplies such as print cartridges and paper e Product Support connects to the support site for the device where you can search for help ENWW Troubleshooting tools 237 Image defect ruler Use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image quality problems Place the ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page Find the distance between identical defects and use the figure below to identify the component that is causing the defect Omm PRIMARY CHARGING ROLLER 38mm TRANSFER ROLLER 43 6mm DEVELOPER 47mm PRESSURE ROLLER 62mm FUSER 76mm OPTICAL PHOTO CONDUCTOR 96mm _ __ 238 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Firmware updates and recovery The device uses a flash memory based formatter that enables the firmware code to be updated when updated firmware is available Flash memory also provides a method for product recovery if the installed firmware becomes corrupted or fails The device has remote firmware update RFU capability U
116. ble assembly RM1 4053 000CN 1 not Stapler CB414 60147 1 shown not Power supply stapler Q7429 69501 1 shown not Formatter Q7819 60001 1 shown 278 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Internal components 279 Figure 7 4 Internal components 2 of 6 280 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 5 Internal components 2 of 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Description Lever coupling Cam Lever drive release Link drive release Film fuser drive side plate Duct cartridge Pendulum assembly Drive release assembly Guide air Stopper fuser Bushing inner Gear 65T Motor stepping Fixing drive side plate assembly Gear 201t Gear 20T 20T Gear 20T Gear 17T 17T Gear 19T Spring compression Gear 12T Spring compression E ring Screw D M3x8 Screw RS M3x8 Cover main motor Cover gear Washer Motor dc 26 2 W Gear 16T Gear 43T Gear 31T Part number RC1 4115 000CN RC1 4114 000CN RC1 4116 000CN RC1 4117 000CN RC2 0649 000CN RC2 0590 000CN RM1 3748 000CN RM1 1522 000CN RC2 0648 000CN RC2 0657 000CN RC2 0701 000CN RU5 0962 000CN RK2 1489 000CN RM1 3746 000CN RU5 0950 000CN RU5 0956 000CN RU5 0957 000CN RU5 0958 000CN RU5 0959 000CN RU5 2401 000CN RU5 0394 000CN RU5 2920 000CN XD2 1100 402CN XA9 1671 000CN XA9 1500 000CN RC1 4108 000CN RC2 0579 000CN RC2 0652 000CN
117. blems requiring service that is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements Change the print cartridge When a print cartridge approaches the end of useful life a message appears on the control panel recommending that you order a replacement The device can continue to print using the current print cartridge until a message appears instructing you to replace the cartridge 1 Open the front cover 2 ENWW Install supplies 27 3 Remove the new print cartridge from the bag Place the used print cartridge in the bag for recycling 4 Grasp both sides of the print cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the print cartridge A CAUTION Do not touch the shutter or the surface of the roller 5 Remove the shipping tape from the new print cartridge Discard the shipping tape according to local regulations 28 Chapter2 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW 6 Align the print cartridge with the tracks inside the device and using the handle insert the print cartridge until it is firmly seated and then close the front door After a short time the control panel should display Ready Installation is complete Place the used print cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions 8 If you are using a non HP print cartridge check the device control panel for further instructions For a
118. can be difficult to locate When reconnecting the cables always use the provided wire loops lance points or cable guides Electrostatic discharge CAUTION The device contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Always service the device at an ESD protected workstation or use an ESD mat Watch for the ESD symbol shown at left to identify the parts that are sensitive to ESD Protect these parts by using an ESD wrist strap and by placing ESD sensitive parts into protective ESD pouches ia ESD User replaceable parts To remove and replace the pickup roller or separation pad see Separation pad on page 189 ENWW Introduction 77 Required tools The following tools are needed to service this device 2 Phillips screwdriver with magnetic tip Short Phillips screwdriver with magnetic tip also known as a stubby screwdriver Small flat blade screwdriver Small needle nose pliers ESD mat Small flashlight CAUTION A pozidriv screwdriver will damage screw heads on the device Use a 2 Phillips screwdriver If you use a multispeed screwdriver use a torque limiter Before performing service Follow the pre service procedures before you perform service Pre service procedures 1 2 Remove all media from the device Place the device on an ESD mat If an ESD mat or an ESD protected workstation is not available discharge body static and ground the device chassis before servicing th
119. ceccecceeeceeececece eens eee eeeee cece a in a a aE aaa di iaaea aai a aia AE 177 Cart GO COON unien EEEN S A AAA TAA 179 Transter roller io saves ccnsedcanaatened iiaa a a a aA NE A E Ea RAE a aaa 182 Re gistratiomassemD oonsrrmarea mne AAEE EREN aA aa daaeenuldad 183 Tray 1 pickup roller ee 186 Tray 2 pickup roler iicet ea a ca axed aces ANA E a E AEN AEE 187 Separation pad sasons aniei iadaaa aAa aa aain aia eadeni Ea aaa e iada aaan snes badain 189 6 Troubleshooting Chapter Contents saisissait a E aa Eai aaa aaaea 191 Troubleshooting process scceccccnreriiiiiit ariii i stad EEEE cies 192 Troubleshooting tree cece eee eeene tere teenie tees eee eaaeeee ee eeaaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeneeiaeeeeeesenaes 192 Troubleshooting NoWChart i 2 c cctessecatesecieeiatsssdiedantsenteraiaseeeeedatdiieiaiseieeaneceees 193 1 Does the control panel display show READY cccseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 193 2 Can you print a configuration page ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeneaeeees 194 3 Does the device COPY 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenaaeeeeeteeenaeeees 195 4 Does the device send a FAX ooo eee eee cece eee eeetteeeeee eee etaeeeeeeeeettaeeeeeeeneenaees 196 5 Does the device receive a fax ee eeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeee teeter teeeeeeeeeeeeeseeentnaeeeenees 197 6 Can you print from a Program oo eee cece cette teste A ANNEE ESRAR 198 7 Does the job print as expected 20 ceecccceccecceeceeeeeeeee
120. ceeeteeeececeetseeeececeetnnecceeeetennecees 15 Paper LO AVOIG nsise a i a aE a a EE aE 16 Paper that can damage the device ssaenssssresssererrrreeeersrinnnnndasenarrrneeeennnnnna 16 General media specifications cccceccccceeceeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeccececcaesaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Select print Media anean a a REE EE aa 17 Supported media SIZES ececceecceececeeeeeceeeeeeceeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesecsensuaaeeeeeeeees 18 Supported media TYPES inann aa a EE Ea 19 2 Installation and configuration Chapter contents asasinen aa a calc a E E E E a a E a E 21 Site preparation esc veciiessewsdcectasdneeeadecesancneniadedasnnendacdeceseaedasseceszavdansecs tecdedscceban eaadeasvaadudndedareccadencedaaende 22 ENWW iii Location Specifications sosirii nannaa a a a iaa EEN Aa 22 OperalinG environment ecrrrroreri nirea REEE E 22 lastall trays n E ETE E 23 Load tray 1 multipurpose tray 00 0 eee eeeeee reece teeter eeeeaaaeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeneeaas 23 Load tray 2 and optional tray 3 sescecraricnriciii innta i TAE EEEE 25 Configure Waye sencya ce uieectedaabeysasenedadavgusshdeedeee fasuhecqageeevabed aqpasna erin a a 26 lastall Supplies coania enie aa aia nacouenees A a E E EE aa 27 Supply replacement guidelines ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeecneeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeescsnccaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeess 27 Change the print cartridge sccccccinceiieciiioiti ean EA EEEE E EEEE 27 InstallaccesSSorE Syin a aAa aaa aap aa aa a
121. cient 204 212 partnumbers 271 315 permanent storage error messages 209 print cartridges 73 upgrading 342 verifying installation 34 menu map printing 45 menus control panel accessing 230 Default Job Options 230 Device Behavior 230 Information 230 Initial Setup 230 Management 230 Print Quality 230 Resets 230 Service 228 230 Time Scheduling 230 Troubleshooting 230 231 ENWW mercury free product 334 messages Alert Settings HP Easy Printer Care 48 e mail alerts 53 event log 231 numerical list 201 types of 201 misformed characters troubleshooting 255 models device configurations 2 motors diagrams 264 main removing 159 operations 62 multifeeds troubleshooting 246 multipurpose tray See tray 1 N network port locating 6 Networking tab embedded Web server 51 236 networks configuration page 45 embedded Web server access 235 HP Jetdirect print server error messages 210 HP Jetdirect print servers models including 2 HP Web Jetadmin 52 Macintosh settings 53 partnumbers 271 315 troubleshooting 225 next day on site service 324 noise specifications 329 non HP supplies 39 212 not responding troubleshooting 245 NVRAM errors 209 6 oblique roller 68 oblique roller assembly removing 146 on site service agreements 324 on off switch locating 5 online support 270 322 operating environment specifications 22 329 ENWW operating systems supported 7 operations ADF 57 block diagram 56 engine co
122. cified by YYYY 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Turn the device off reinstall the EIO accessory and then turn the device on 3 Replace the ElO accessory 8X YYYY EMBEDDED JETDIRECT ERROR To continue turn off then on Action not currently available for Tray lt X gt Tray size cannot be any size any custom Authentication Required The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has encountered a critical error as specified by YYYY A duplexed 2 sided document was requested from a tray that is set to Any size or Any custom Duplexing is not allowed from a tray configured to Any size or Any custom Authentication has been enabled for this feature or destination A user name and password are required 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Go to www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp to check the latest firmware image version If the latest firmware image version is newer than the one installed on the device upgrade the device if possible 3 Ifthe message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 Select another tray or reconfigure the tray Type the user name and password or contact the network administrator Authentication Required To Use This Feature A user name and password are required Type the user name and password or contact the network administrator 210 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENW
123. connections and the power switch e Plug the device into a different outlet e Check that the power supplied to the device is steady and meets device specifications See Electrical specifications on page 328 The control panel display appears with no backlighting Check the power connector to the ADF scanner assembly The control panel display is blank but the device fan is on e Press a ccontrol panel button to see if the device responds e Check the ribbon cable to the ADF scanner assembly e Turn the device off and then turn it on again The control panel display is in the wrong language The control panel display shows garbled or unfamiliar characters A message other than READY appears on the control panel display e Turn the device off and then turn it on again When XXX MB appears on the control panel display press and hold down the 6 key until all three lights remain illuminated This could take up to 10 seconds Then release the 6 key Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll to Language and then press the 6 key to select it Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll through the available languages to the language you want and then press the 6 key to select it e Make sure that the appropriate language is selected at the device control panel e Turn the device off and then turn the device on again e See Control panel messages on page 201 Troubleshooting process 193 2 Can you print a configuration p
124. cratch the backing 5 Ifthis does not clean the backing well enough repeat the previous steps and use isopropyl alcohol to dampen the cloth or sponge and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove any residual alcohol 42 Chapter3 Maintenance ENWW Clean the scanner glass Dirty glass from fingerprints smudges hair and so on slows down performance and affects the accuracy of special features such as fit to page and copy EA NOTE Ifstreaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic document feeder ADF clean the scanner strip step 3 It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass 1 Open the scanner lid 2 Clean the glass by using a damp lint free cloth CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the device these can damage the device Do not place liquids directly on the glass They might seep under it and damage the device 3 Clean the scanner strip by using a damp lint free cloth ENWW Clean the device 43 Clean the fuser Run the device cleaning page to keep the fuser free of toner and paper particles that can sometimes accumulate Accumulation of toner and particles can cause specks to appear on the front or back side of your print jobs To ensure optimum print quality HP recommends that you use the cleaning page every time that you replace the print cartridge The cleaning proced
125. ct the fan cable callout 4 at the ECU and then remove two screws callout 5 Figure 5 51 Removing the right side fan 3 of 3 5 Slide the fan out of the device 130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Engine control unit ECU 1 Remove the following components e All of the covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 e Formatter see Formatter on page 116 e Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 e _ Right side fan see Right side fan on page 128 2 Disconnect ten cables callout 1 from the ECU 3 Remove two screws callout 2 one from the right side riser and one from the ECU plate Figure 5 52 Removing the ECU 1 of 6 ENWW Engine control unit ECU 131 4 Remove five screws callout 3 at the back of the device Figure 5 53 Removing the ECU 2 of 6 132 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Remove three screws callout 4 from the right side riser and then lift the riser off of the device Also remove two screws callout 5 from the ECU plate Figure 5 54 Removing the ECU 3 of 6 ENWW Engine control unit ECU 133 6 Disconnect two sensor cables callout 6 and the fuser power cable callout 7 134 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 7 Unplug the laser scann
126. customer site When the stapler power supply is disconnected the customer can safely operate all device functions except for stapling while waiting for repair of the stapler 122 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Stapler power supply 1 Remove the following components All covers except for the top cover and the right front cover see Covers on page 94 ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 Formatter see Formatter on page 116 Stapler see Stapler on page 117 2 Remove two screws callout 1 from the side of the I O plate and one screw callout 2 from the back of the plate Figure 5 44 Removing the stapler power supply 1 of 5 ENWW Stapler power supply 123 3 Lift the I O plate up slightly to dislodge it from the tabs callout 3 on the ECU plate and then slide it toward the back and off of the device m Figure 5 45 Removing the stapler power supply 2 of 5 124 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Remove three screws callout 4 from the stapler power supply plate Figure 5 46 Removing the stapler power supply 3 of 5 ENWW Stapler power supply 125 5 Slide the stapler power supply plate toward the back of the device until it stops and then guide cables through a hole in the stapler power supply plate while lifting the plate straight away from the device Figure 5 47 Removing the stapler power supply 4 of
127. dc 26 2 W Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RK2 1489 000CN Motor stepping Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RK2 1490 000CN Solenoid tray 1 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RK2 1492 000CN RK2 1497 000CN Solenoid Fan right side Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RK2 1499 000CN Fan left side Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RL1 0568 000CN Roller tray 1 pick up Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RL1 1366 000CN Cover legal Covers on page 275 RL1 1370 000CN RL1 1723 000CN Pickup roller tray 2 Cover right front 306 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Covers on page 275 Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RM1 1485 000CN Roller stay assembly Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RM1 1490 000CN Tray 1 assembly Covers on page 275 RM1 1497 000CN Roller assembly delivery Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RM1 1506 O00CN Position guide assembly Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 RM1 1508 O00CN RM1 1521 030CN Transfer roller assembly Laser scanner assembly Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 1
128. dditional help go to www hp com support LUM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp Install supplies 29 Install accessories Install memory You might want to add more memory to the device if you often print complex graphics print PostScript PS documents or use many downloaded fonts Added memory also gives you more flexibility in supporting job storage features such as quick copying Install device memory A CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs When handling DIMMs either wear an antistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package then touch bare metal on the device The HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 devices come with one DIMM slot If desired you can replace a DIMM installed in the slot with a higher memory DIMM If you have not already done so print a configuration page to find out how much memory is installed in the device before adding more memory See Use information pages on page 45 1 After the configuration page has printed turn the device off and disconnect the power cord 30 Chapter2 Installation and configuration ENWW 3 Remove the right side panel by sliding it towards the rear of the device until the side slides from the device CAUTION To reduce the possibility of damage caused by static electricity always wear an electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap or touch the surface of the antistatic package before handling DIMMs ENWW Install
129. device the mechanism closes toward the chassis Insufficient memory to load fonts data lt device gt To continue touch OK The device does not have enough memory to load the data for example fonts or macros from the location specified Touch OK to continue without this information If the message persists add more memory Jam in document feeder Load Tray 1 lt type gt lt size gt Media is jammed in the document feeder ADF The tray is empty or configured for a different size than the size requested Remove jammed media from the document feeder ADF Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the ADF on page 217 If the message persists after all jams have been cleared a sensor might be stuck or broken Check the sensors in the ADF Ifa sensor is broken replace the ADF assembly see ADF assembly on page 80 Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box If the message persists make sure that the tray 1 media present sensor PS902 is operational Manually feed lt type gt lt size gt The specified job requires manual feed from tray 1 Load the requested media into tray 1 To override the message touch OK to use a type and size of media that is available in another tray Non HP supply installed Economode disabled A non HP supply or a refilled HP supply has been installed Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box
130. dges refilled or remanufactured cartridges or warranty returns Printing supplies or other objects inadvertently sent to the HP Planet Partners program cannot be returned More than 10 million HP LaserJet print cartridges were recycled globally in 2004 through the HP Planet Partners supplies recycling program This record number represents 26 million pounds of print cartridge materials diverted from landfills Worldwide in 2004 HP recycled an average of 59 of the print cartridge by weight consisting primarily of plastic and metals Plastics and metals are used to make new products such as HP products plastic trays and spools The remaining materials are disposed of in an environmentally responsible manner U S returns For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies HP encourages the use of bulk returns Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single pre paid pre addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package For more information in the U S call 1 800 340 2445 or visit the HP Web site at www hp com recycle Non U S returns Non U S customers should visit the www hp com recycle Web site for further information regarding availability of the HP Supplies Returns and Recycling Program This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper
131. dia specifications on page 15 Pages are wrinkled or folded Table 6 6 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper at the paper path entrance Cause Solution The feed rollers or registration rollers are dirty or defective Replace the affected rollers The paper path contains foreign substances or dirt The cartridge shutter open close mechanism is damaged This can cause jams in which the media is crumpled into an accordion fold under the print cartridge Remove any foreign substances or dirt from the paper path The shutter in the print cartridge should open as you insert the cartridge If a shutter does not open replace the print cartridge The registration assembly is defective If the registration arm is dirty clean it If the arm is scarred or worn replace the registration assembly see Registration assembly on page 183 Table 6 7 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper at the paper path exit Cause Solution The fuser inlet guide is dirty The fuser pressure roller is dirty or damaged Replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 Run several cleaning pages through the device If the problem persists replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 246 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Pages are skewed Table 6 8 Causes for skewed pages Cause Solution Paper dust or dirt has accumulated on the tray feed roller or Clean or replace the rollers separation roller The tray
132. dialog box Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box e Printer Properties dialog box printer driver Click Properties in the Print dialog box to open the printer driver Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box do not override settings anywhere else in the printing software e Default printer driver settings The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs unless settings are changed in the Page Setup Print or Printer Properties dialog boxes e Printer control panel settings Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else 10 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Open the printer drivers Operating System To change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed To change the default settings To change the device for all print jobs configuration settings Windows 2000 XP 41 and Server 2003 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the driver and then click Properties or Preferences The steps can vary this procedure is most common Mac OS XV10 2 8 1 V10 3 V10 4 and later On the File menu click Print Change the settings that you want on the various pop up menus 1 Click Start click Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes Right click th
133. e Spring tension Laser scanner assembly Link laser shutter Stay tag holder Holder tag Spring compression Spring compression Clip cable Screw D M3x8 Clip cable Cable memory tag Holder sub fan Plate fan shield left Fan left side Foot rubber Holder Lever grounding contact Lever grounding contact Spring leaf Plate protective Cam contact Spring compression Guide cassette left front Guide cassette left rear Guide center plate left Stopper feed guide left Guide cartridge left upper Guide cartridge left lower Lever drive release Lever cartridge clamp Part number RC1 4055 000CN RC1 4056 000CN RC1 4128 020CN WT2 5694 000CN RU5 2407 000CN RM1 1521 030CN RC1 4125 000CN RC1 4126 000CN RC1 4127 000CN RU5 2404 000CN RU5 2405 000CN WT2 5812 000CN XA9 1671 000CN WT2 5056 000CN RM1 4054 000CN RC2 0622 000CN RC2 0623 000CN RK2 1499 000CN RAO 1003 000CN RC1 4009 000CN RC1 4065 000CN RC1 4066 020CN RC1 4067 000CN RC1 4136 000CN RC1 4137 020CN RC1 4140 000CN RC2 0565 000CN RC2 0566 000CN RC2 0567 000CN RC2 0585 000CN RC2 0703 000CN RC2 0704 000CN RC2 0705 000CN RC2 0706 000CN Internal components 277 Ref Description Part number Qty 35 Stopper cartridge left RC2 0707 000CN 1 36 Spring tension RU5 2403 000CN 1 37 Spring torsion RU5 2410 020CN 1 38 Connector snap tight black VS1 7177 003CN 1 39 Tray staple RC2 0725 000CN 1 40 Plate I O RC2 0736 000CN 1 41 Ca
134. e hole on the left side of the device chassis Figure 5 95 Removing the face down roller shaft 2 of 2 178 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Cartridge door 1 Remove the left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 2 With the cartridge door closed unhook the spring callout 1 at the device chassis and then remove one screw callout 2 Figure 5 96 Removing the cartridge door 1 of 3 ENWW Cartridge door 179 3 Open the cartridge door and then use a flatblade screwdriver to release the cartridge door arm callout 3 at the right side of the cartridge door Figure 5 97 Removing the cartridge door 2 of 3 180 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Slide the cartridge door to the left off of the hinges and then pull the door away from the device La Figure 5 98 Removing the cartridge door 3 of 3 ENWW Cartridge door 181 Transfer roller 1 Open the cartridge door Release the left end of the transfer roller by using needle nose pliers or a small flatblade screwdriver to pinch two tabs at the left end of the transfer roller 7 Figure 5 99 Removing the transfer roller 3 Use the needle nose pliers or flatblade screwdriver in the same manner to release the other end 4 Lift the transfer roller out of the device EA NOTE The left end of the transfer roller has a spring attached At the right end of the roller the spring is attached to the device rather than to the roller
135. e the flyer that shipped in the box with the device HP service agreements Call 1 800 HPINVENT 1 800 474 6836 U S or 1 800 268 1221 Canada Or go to the HP SupportPack and Carepaq Services Web site at www hpexpress services com 10467a For extended service call 1 800 446 0522 322 Appendix B Service and support ENWW HP Easy Printer Care software To check the device status and settings and view troubleshooting information and online documentation use the HP Easy Printer Care software You must have performed a full software installation in order to use the HP Easy Printer Care software See Use the embedded Web server on page 49 HP support and information for Macintosh computers Go to www hp com go macosx for Macintosh OS X support information and HP subscription service for driver updates Go to www hp com go mac connect for products that are designed specifically for the Macintosh user ENWW HP Customer Care 323 HP maintenance agreements HP has several types of maintenance agreements that meet a wide range of support needs Maintenance agreements are not part of the standard warranty Support services may vary by area Check with your local HP dealer to determine the services available to you On site service agreements To provide you with the level of support best suited to your needs HP has on site service agreements with a selection of response times Next day on site service This agreement provides s
136. e your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS for supplies containing chemical substances for example toner can be obtained by contacting the HP Web site at www hp com go msds or www hp com hpinfo community environment productinfo safety For more information To obtain information about these environmental topics e Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products e HP s commitment to the environment e _HP s environmental management system e HP s end of life product return and recycling program e Material Safety Data Sheets ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 335 Visit http Awww hp com go environment or http www hp com hpinfo community environment productinfo safety 336 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Telecom statement The HP LaserJet M3027x and HP LaserJet M3035xs models have the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 already installed to provide communication to the public switch telephone network PSTN for fax functionality See the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide for all regulatory approval information and regulatory notices associated with the fax functionality and that device ENWW Telecom statement 337 Declaration of conformity Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Comp
137. e 5 27 Removing the top cover 2 of 3 106 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Slide the cover toward the front of the device to clear the tabs callout 2 at the front of the device Figure 5 28 Removing the top cover 3 of 3 5 Lift the cover off of the device sie U Reinstallation tip The grounding connection callout 3 can become caught in the chassis when lifting the cover Make sure that it is still attached to the cover before you reinstall the cover ENWW Covers 107 Figure 5 29 Reinstalling the top cover ai esas gt Reinstallation tip After reinstalling the cover make sure that the exit sensor flag callout 4 moves freely 108 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Front right cover 1 Remove the right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 2 Remove two screws callout 1 Figure 5 30 Removing the front right cover 1 of 2 ENWW Covers 109 3 Rotate the cover away from the back of the device to clear two tabs callout 2 at the front of the device Figure 5 31 Removing the front right cover 2 of 2 4 Lift the cover away from the device 110 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Fax accessory 1 Remove the following components e __ Right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 e Formatter shield see Formatter shield on page 95 e Fax cover see Fax cover on page 96 e ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on
138. e device Unplug the power cord and the interface cable Lift the device off of any installed optional trays Remove the print cartridge CAUTION To prevent light from degrading the surface of the photosensitive drum cover the print cartridge after removing it from the device Remove tray 2 78 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Parts removal order Each section contains a list of covers and assemblies that have to be removed before working on the major assembly that is the subject of the section Control panel Automatic document feeder ADF Transfer roller Tray 1 pickup roller Tray 2 pickup roller Right side cover Formatter shield Disk drive Formatter Fax cover _Left side cover Back cover _1 O cover Fuser Access plate _Oblique roller assembly t ADF scanner assembly Fax accessory Registration assembly Stapler Back cover 1 O cover Fax rail Top cover L Fax accessory Disk drive Cartridge door All covers and the ADF scanner assembly Left side riser Laser scanner E label reader Face down roller shaft Left side fan Fax accessory Disk drive Formatter _ Stapler Stapler power supply _Right side fan _ECU Tray 1 solenoid Left side riser Access plate Formatter Stapler power supply _Front right cover _Right side f
139. e driver icon and then select Printing Preferences On the File menu click Print Change the settings that you want on the various pop up menus On the Presets pop up menu click Save as and type a name for the preset These settings are saved in the Presets menu To use the new settings you must select the saved preset option every time you open a program and print 1 Click Start click Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the driver icon and then select Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab 1 In the Finder on the Go menu click Applications 2 Open Utilities and then open Print Center OS X V10 2 8 or Printer Setup Utility 3 Click on the print queue 4 On the Printers menu click Show Info 5 Click the Installable Options menu my available in Classic mode NOTE Configuration settings might not be ENWW Device software 11 Software for Macintosh computers The HP installer provides PostScript Printer Description PPD files Printer Dialog Extensions PDEs and the HP Printer Utility for use with Macintosh computers For network connections use the embedded Web server EWS to configure the device See Embedded Web server on page 13 The printing system software includes the following components e PostScript Printer Description PPD files The PPDs in combination with the Apple PostScript printer
140. e list and select the digital sender again In the Device Tools drop down list select Jetdirect Firmware Update again On the HP Jetdirect firmware page the new firmware version is listed under Jetdirect Firmware Available on HP Web Jetadmin Click the Update Firmware Now button to update the Jetdirect firmware 242 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW The device selects media from the wrong tray Troubleshoot general printing problems Cause Solution The tray selection in the software program might be incorrect The configured size does not match the size of the media that is loaded in the tray For many software programs the tray selection appears on the Page Setup menu within the program Remove any media in other trays to make the device select from the correct tray For Macintosh computers use the HP LaserJet Utility to change the priority of the tray Through the control panel change the configured size to match the size of the media that is loaded in the tray The device does not pull media from a tray Cause Solution The tray is empty Load media in the tray The paper guides are set incorrectly To set the guides correctly see the user guide For the 500 sheet tray make sure that the leading edge of the media stack is even An uneven edge can prevent the lift plate from rising Paper curls when it exits the device Cause Solution The paper curls when it exits to the
141. e major internal components Figure 4 18 Cross section of device 1 Top output bin delivery roller 10 Tray 2 separation pad 2 Fusing roller 11 Tray 2 pickup roller 3 Laser scanner 12 Duplexer pickup roller 4 Photosensitive drum 13 Feed roller 5 Print cartridge 14 Transfer roller 6 Registration shutter 15 Duplexer feed roller 7 Tray 1 pickup roller 16 Oblique roller 8 Tray 1 separation pad 17 Fuser pressure roller 9 Tray 2 feed roller 18 Fuser delivery roller 68 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Timing ENWW The microprocessor on the ECU controls the device operation sequences Table 4 1 Operation sequences on page 69 describes engine operations for each period of a print operation Figure 4 19 Operational sequences on page 70 provides a graphical representation of the operation sequences Table 4 2 Power on sequence on page 72 describes each step of the power on sequence Table 4 3 Power on sequence for the ADF scanner assembly on page 72 describes the ADF power on sequence Table 4 1 Operation sequences Name Timing Purpose WAIT From power on until the end of the main motor initial Detects presence of a print cartridge
142. eb server ic iccceceissnnedec es iadedeeevsinedeces sattnceeess saneges suv bingeeeevesaneces el evinedetiv anes 235 Gaining access to the embedded Web Server ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeettteeteeeeenaaes 235 Information tab esain eieaa eei i aeoea 235 SENOS TAD ae a ee O A A a ad 236 Networking tab ssion AA 236 Other nRa EE T ER a ES 236 Image defecttTiler ey a ar aAA E E T viedadagees 238 Firmware updates and reCOvery ioia aaa ER E AA EAE E EAE EA EEEE RAREN E 239 Determine the current level of firmware asssssessesssssasssrnnessrnrnnnanernnnndsnnnnnaannnnnneeennnananant 239 Download the new firmware from the HP Web site eeeeeeeeeeseerresseerressrrrrrsssrrren 239 Transfer the new firmware to the device aasssseessssrissesrrensrsnnessrnrnnnnsrnnnndannnnnnanennnnanannna 240 Use FTP to upgrade the firmware on a network connection 0 008 240 Use HP Web Jetadmin to upgrade the firmware ceesseeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeenaes 241 Use MS DOS commands to upgrade the firmware 0 0 eeeeceeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeenaes 242 Upgrade the HP Jetdirect firmware ceeceeeeeeceeee eee eecneeee eee eeeeeeeeeiaeeeeeeeeneeeeeneniaas 242 Troubleshoot general printing problems cccceeeeeeeeeeeeee rere nee ee eerie eee eee taeeeeeeeteeeeeeeniaeeeees 243 Troubleshoot media handling ProDleMS 00 eeeeeeceeeeee ee etene reser ene e eee eeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeetaeeeeessneeeeeene 246 Multiple pages fegi a a a a a a a E a a 2
143. ed Menu item Sub menu item Values Description Paper Path Test Test Page Print button Generate a test page for testing paper handling features You can define the path that is used for the test in order to test specific paper paths Source All trays Specify whether the test page will be printed from all trays or from a specific tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Additional trays are shown if applicable Duplex Off default Select whether the duplexer should be included in the Paper Path test On Copies 1 default Select how many pages should be sent from the specified source as part of the Paper Path test 10 50 100 500 Scanner Tests This menu item is used by a service technician to diagnose potential problems with the device scanner Control Panel LEDs Display Buttons Touchscreen Use this feature to make sure the components of the control panel are functioning correctly 232 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Early boot diagnostic test ENWW The device runs several formatter self tests when power is turned on The sequence of tests and power on events is shown below 1 9 0 N O m SS P Power on Early boot Memory test Initialization formatter support package ready Power supplied by line to power supplies fans on Control panel Control panel LEDs Memory count HP blooming logo If the power on sequence stops with no control panel display check to see if any of the control
144. ee Figure 5 61 Removing the fuser 1 of 3 on page 139 e Access plate see Access plate on page 144 2 Atthe bottom of the device remove the two screws callout 1 that secure the oblique roller assembly to the device and then lift the assembly from the device Figure 5 68 Removing the oblique roller assembly 146 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW la O D stalling the oblique roller assembly b Figure 5 69 Rein l Q g Reinstallation tip To reinstall the oblique roller assembly first make sure that the tab callout 2 is parallel to the assembly Then line up the the roller shaft callout 3 with its hole on the assembly and rotate the assembly into place Rotate the roller toward the back of the device to align the gears ENWW Oblique roller assembly 147 Left side fan 1 Remove all of the covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Disconnect the left side fan cable from the ECU 3 Remove two screws callout 1 at the left side of the device and then lift the fan plate and fan straight away from the hole in the chassis B NOTE Donotdisconnect the left side fan cable from the fan Instead unroute the fan cable starting at the ECU connector Figure 5 70 Removing left side fan 148 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW High voltage power supply HVPS 1 Remove the following components
145. eeeceaaecaeeeeeeeeeess 65 Step 4 Transferne a R E E A E A 66 Step 5 Separation 2 2 2 cece cccceccccecceceeeececennecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecececaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeneaes 66 Step 0 FUSING aceiren ieai an EE AEE NEEE EEEE E 67 Step 7 Drum cleaning eeeessseesssrreeseerrrsesesnnnesttrnneeannnnndaatinnnadidananaataannaaannnnnaaaa 67 internal componentS srninonainionaras na n E A A EEE A A A E A EEn 68 TIN a O NO O E O A EO 69 Print cartridge memory System 0 0 eee ee eee nnn roie Ena EAN E RAE ARA ESAEREN RE EE 73 5 Removal and replacement ENWW CAPER contents sncsncnnicneanii a e a a a aa ae aa E a EEE 75 WAPOA UCU OM aiiai a aaa aE EEE ae AE aa a E aE EE a aE aa E A Eaa KE aE aE 77 Removal and replacement strategy secessesseseccrreerssrrnisseerrrseerinnnaaattinnnaaannnnaaaataanannennaa 77 Electrostatic discharge eeesssseeererireerrrreseninnenesinnaaatiaanaatninndaandanaaaddanaaaataanaaananana danena aaa 77 User replaceable parts c cesccccccecceeeeeeeeeeenceeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeedseeeecdcenaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteniened 77 Reg ired TOONS anniina a a Aa aaa aaa aaaea daaa aa aaa 78 Before performing Servite c ccceccceeceeeedeeteceeseneeeeeeeeeneedeanensnceeesenenanedseuanseneedeensesnededeneneats 78 Parts removal order sicscachaincatesseasanastervaannndacasdvenswaadadeusnsaudidaunasadensddtasbadanendidenssaacdeeteessgunds 79 Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies cc eeeeeeeeeeee
146. eeeeeeeeeeteeenteeeeeeeeeeaeeees 80 ADE SSOMDIY sciesiecioed Hien aie aie aie en AEE anata 80 ADF COVER isrener aeaa sdaleasaeas E E g xe tanned serageeee du eadaeeas 80 ADF input Yay circ cecitecedocctetaned Ak ail EEA iiladedeenet eiadadee 82 COntrOll PAN E E E E T A A land anyre tia 84 ADP cecrrsrinit cni E EAEE ETE 87 Scanner assembly eee 90 COVES oipe aaia aaia ea a E i E a a EE EAE S T Ea 94 Right side COVEN sacii enanar ANNAA ET tates 94 Formatter shield nsona a ia aa ia aa aaia a 95 Fax COVeEF ienee aaee a e a a Ne a a aaa aa 96 Leftside COVER sitisha a a aaa a adaa i aai i AE aAA 97 Legal cover dust COVEN acevessuenadenceeesthadancavedsananeaventeahadacesesh aan ccavdeheantecreabnie eens 100 BACK COVER i fhasis lobes taanncsavzdanssetacnedaac coudgeasasaganezeuunseiacdgeniadahsddseruadtacdeobauastwad catencaaeedger sand 101 ORo seasick duce ceeiada T teehee tt eladet eacd a taaed aera artes alee eater aed eke 103 AGT oa dak eee chee secant a E a danas oes tla seen e ene inate ea e aa 104 TOP COVEN monotonia E heehee caceananaces Go deeggagat E E EE NES 105 Eront ight COVER icecscvencsceecedsneaecee cdeaadeaaskeeetnadesycadetndaovaaudndenatsddadnccc idetadeacnes oaddcaveedtecerteeas 109 v FAX ACCOSSOMY iarere anA A A N E AAE A idee 111 DISKiGIIVG sireenin a a aai aaa a iiaa a aE a aia a 113 Formatter aeea AE AE edt ined A ade Ea a a A e EA a E a aaeeadeaae 116 SAID eeo sen cet etree a aa Aae E E i e aa E a cesarean
147. eeeeeeeeseeenceneesaeeeeeeees 199 8 Does the device select the correct trays ecccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeee 200 Control paniel MESSAGES esis ci vi ssencencevneleddneeeyedausindunce ved ERA AEEA EEN EA 201 Control panel message TYPES cceeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeedeauaenseeeeeecaaueeeeeeeeeenenneseeees 201 Resolve control panel MESSAGES ccceiceeeee eee ettt eee eee tine eee eter tcieeeeeeetnieeeeeeetiaeeeeeetee 201 GN AM JINN hese E atic ca eaact cna T ete ctic E vast E E E ae acas O 214 COMMON CAUSES OF JAMS seistecdicntetdeeeetedidnet wecelahedeselleduhaeeeetddaiaveeeeudedi EEEE 214 Jam IOCATOMS cencia ng asic a athe scaaseed cnn cnspal nde vuaea aaa iekaisis 215 vi ENWW ENWW JAM GElECHON ctieicds een ae ede a ds i ie Ee en ce Se 216 Clear jams trom the ADF erissa an e a cagneg tgatdeadadasndhdecaveudaddea Taa 217 Clear jams from the print cartridge area ooo eceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeedaeeeeeeeaas 219 Clear jams from the input tray areas ce ccceeee eee e centre eee eeeeaeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaas 220 Clear jams from the duplexer eee eee eee tne eee retire ee eet aaeee eee teeeeeeetaeeeeeeniaeeeeeenaa 222 Clear jams from the output bin areas 0 2 cece e cette eter ee eae eter ee teaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaas 223 Interface troubleshooting vsere eiieeii aei aei set landes des sidecedelh aeii iei AA 225 Communications Checks aanas isa OREA TE aa AR RAE PU AAAA AE
148. eeeeeenaaaes 50 Use HP Web Jetadmin software soseri NAAA ANNANN 52 Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh 00 eee cece eeenene teers eeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeenaaees 52 Open the HP Printer Utility cccciecsa cise etcetieeeed isnt eitiaieetebinvediee 52 HP Printer Utility features 0 cence rece eeene eee eeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaas 53 4 Theory of operation iv ENWW Chapter COmMtentS 2 assa stestannstaniedasnaadacantaagaadiiaacsna dagdlvaddes agduadtune vaddinds aaa aeara aaa a A aaa a 55 BASIC peratiOm ssia araa gadaa aa aE aa iaa aE iaaa eaa adada aaa iA 56 ADF scanner Syste M eecnccnioriar nn ann EEEE 57 PDP N T EE E E ES EAE EE A EEA 57 sensors Inthe ADF oerecncrraniorinaria nen needs 57 ADF paper path ccc ccceeecceecnecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeetteteeeieeeeeee 57 DCAMMEON aiia a EA T E a ieee saduadeaderacliagampeaneesies 58 Eormmatter etenin eaa a a aa nace ext E A EEEE LATEA AAEN EO ENEE 59 Engine control Unit ECU scien acitien atic esi REAA EA 60 Pickup feed delivery System 02 isisseesshaadtssseetaatedsacdetacdecsaasbeaiadtiaadeatadeniaaaaee TAEAE ARRATEN 62 Laserscanmner Systa rcio a AE 63 IMage formatlOn SYSTE asioina NAAA 64 Step T Primary charging eirese aaa aaa NEA E ethane 65 Step 2 Laser beam exposure 2 cccccccece cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaenaaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 65 Step 3 Developing 200 0 ee ceeccccecce eee ee cece eeeeceaacaeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesc
149. eeteneneee 9 Driver AUTOCOMPQUPATION essari anian EANAN ENAA RAAR 9 Update NOW siiscscccuceccssassacebuceiaasantdauncasgnasandeddusavensceaccdenansacnccedcvaayeaaded A GAREA 9 HP Dnver Preconfiguration zesorsinisiiiiaisri iian AEE 9 Priority for print setings serccsrcicciinii siana E E 10 Open the printer drivers iccccecccecieneeeccscceavesccceeceusesccceedunneaecceceuaaeseeceeeeuvesuscdecnnmaaeacaceuavneeseee 11 Software for Macintosh computers 1 ccccceccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeaaeeaaeaaaecaecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 12 Remove software from Macintosh operating systems cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 W SS esse apreciated se este ee eae te eaten E oe en eeaneas Seni E E aue E 13 AP Web Jetagiminis ccictesaceicceecs tei aiet a cet nied EE E 13 Embedded Web server c cccccccecceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteteettettenetentieeeieessene 13 HP Easy Printer Care Software 0 eccececcececeeeeeete tees eeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeseeenaaees 14 Supported operating Systems cecccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneennneaeeaeeees 14 Supported browsers cccccsccceccceecceecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeess 14 Other components and utilities 2 0 2 2 eee cece eee eeeesee cee ce eee eeeeeeeeeeeseceenaecaeeeeeeeeees 14 Media SPCCIIICATIONS escenu enha edalasaaced ddnlie sade densaeadedecesaadunuanchsaadamedeasveeaueves 15 General guidelines for media 0 0 2 2 ececcccceeeseccccceeeteecceceeeteeeece
150. elp nov The device pulls media from the wrong tray e An optional tray isnot e working correctly Make sure that you have selected the correct tray See the user guide Make sure that trays are correctly configured for size and type See the user guide Print a configuration page to see current tray settings See Use information pages on page 45 Make sure that the tray selection Source or Type in the printer driver or program is set correctly The printer driver and program settings override the device control panel settings By default media loaded in tray 1 will be printed first If you do not want to print from tray 1 remove any media loaded in the tray or change the USE REQUESTED TRAY setting See the user guide Change TRAY 1 SIZE and TRAY 1 TYPE to a setting other than ANY Print a configuration page to verify that the tray is installed correctly and is functional See Use information pages on page 45 Configure the printer driver to recognize the installed tray See the printer driver online Help Turn the device off and then turn it on again Verify that you are using the correct optional tray for the device A message other than e READY appears on the control panel display See Control panel messages on page 201 200 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel messages Control panel message types Four types of control panel messages can indicate the status of or
151. emblies 89 Scanner assembly EA NOTE If you are not replacing the scanner assembly but need to remove it in order to gain access to assemblies inside the printer portion of the device you can remove the scanner assembly and ADF together To remove the scanner assembly and ADF together begin this procedure with step 2 1 Remove the ADF see ADF assembly on page 80 2 Remove the right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 the formatter shield see Formatter shield on page 95 the fax cover see Fax cover on page 96 and the left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 3 Remove one cable from the cable guide callout 1 and then disconnect the cable callout 2 from the formatter CAUTION Failure to remove the cable from the cable guide can cause damage to the cable 4 Disconnect the ribbon cable callout 3 and then separate the power cable connector callout 4 Figure 5 12 Removing the scanner assembly 1 of 4 90 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Remove one screw callout 5 at the left side and two screws callouts 6 and 7 at the back of the device Figure 5 13 Removing the scanner assembly 2 of 4 ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies 91 6 Slide the scanner assembly toward the back of the device until it stops Figure 5 14 Removing the scanner assembly 3 of 4 a Reinstallation tip Upon reinstallation the stapler can block
152. embly diagrams 261 pickup assembly removing 168 pickup roller tray 1 locating 68 removing 186 pickup roller tray 2 locating 68 removing 187 pickup feed delivery operations 62 PIN codes service 228 ports included 2 locating 5 6 Index 349 network 2 supported 3 troubleshooting 225 PostScript error pages 198 PostScript Printer Description PPD files 12 power connection locating 6 power operations 72 power specifications 328 power supply diagrams 261 removing 149 power switch locating 5 PPDs 12 preconfiguration driver 9 pressure roller 68 primary charging stage 65 print cartridge door removing 179 print cartridges authentication 39 EconoMode 38 features 3 genuine HP 39 jams clearing 219 memory tag 73 non HP 39 212 operations 64 ordering through embedded Web server 51 partnumbers 271 315 recycling 333 replacement intervals 38 replacing 27 status viewing with HP Easy Printer Care 48 storage 39 supplies status page 45 warranty 320 print jobs formatted incorrectly 199 not printing troubleshooting 198 stopped troubleshooting 199 print quality image defect ruler 238 settings 230 troubleshooting 248 Print Quality menu control panel 230 350 Index printer drivers See drivers printing system software 7 priority settings 10 problem solving control panel messages numerical 201 e mail alerts 53 event log 231 messages types of 201 processor speed 3 ProRes 3 PS Emulation drivers 8 P
153. en broken Touch OK to clear the error message and continue printing Check the EIO connection 40 Embedded I O bad transmission To continue touch OK A temporary printing error has occurred 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 If this message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 41 3 Load tray lt XX gt To use another tray touch OK 41 3 Load tray lt XX gt lt Type gt lt Size gt 41 X Error To continue touch OK The specified tray does not contain the specified media size The specified tray is loaded with media that is longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size configured for the tray A temporary printing error occurred X description 2 beam detect misprint 8 fuser too hot Touch OK to use a tray that contains media of the correct size Touch OK to display Tray lt X gt Size Reconfigure the size in a tray so that the device will use a tray that is loaded with the size of media required for the print job If the message does not clear automatically from the control panel display turn the device off and then turn the device on 1 Touch OK to clear the error If the error is not cleared turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Ifthe message persists replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 204 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description
154. en check the print quality again See the instructions provided with the print cartridge NOTE Ifthe page is totally blank check to make sure that the sealing tape is removed from the print cartridge and that the print cartridge is installed correctly Newer devices have been optimized to print characters more accurately This might result in characters that look lighter or thinner than you are used to from an older device If the page is printing images darker than those from an older device and you want the images to match the older device make these changes in the printer driver on the Finishing tab select Print Quality select Custom click Details and select Print Images Lighter 248 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Image defect examples Use the examples in this image defect table to determine which print quality problem you are experiencing and then see the corresponding reference pages to troubleshoot the problem These examples identify the most common print quality problems Ex NOTE The examples below depict letter size paper that has passed through the device short edge first Aa gt Cc AaBbCc AaB Aa gt Cc AaBbCc AaBbCc Aa gt Cc AABOCE AaBbCc Aa gt Cc AaBDCC AaBbCc Aa Cc VAGBbCc AaBboCc See Light print partial See Light pr
155. enu The high level menus appear in the following order Main menus Information menu Default Job Options menu Time Scheduling menu Management menu Initial Setup menu Device Behavior menu Print Quality menu Troubleshooting menu Resets menu Service menu Print Quality menu Use the Optimize submenu of the Print Quality menu to troubleshoot print quality issues Table 6 2 Print Quality menu Menu item Sub menu item Values Description Optimize High Transfer Normal default Set High Transfer to Increased if parts of the printed image appear to have extra toner Increased More Separation Off default Set More Separation to On if media repeatedly jams in the print cartridge when printing single sided print jobs On Ey NOTE When More Separation is set to On a print defect across the width of the page near the leading edge might be noticeable Line Detail Off default Set Line Detail to On if printed lines and text are blurred On Restore Optimize Restore button Reset all the Optimize parameters to the factory default settings 230 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Troubleshooting menu Administrators can use this menu to isolate parts and to troubleshoot jam and print quality issues The following section lists the settings and their possible values in the Troubleshooting menu Table 6 3 Troubleshooting menu Menu item Sub menu item Values Description Event Log Print button Use this fe
156. eplace the laser scanner see Laser scanner on page 142 If after replacing the laser scanner the message persists replace the ECU 206 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 53 XY ZZ CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT lt X gt To continue turn off then on A problem exists with the device memory The DIMM that caused the error will not be used X description 0 onboard memory 1 slot 1 You might need to reinstall or replace the specified DIMM 1 Turn the device off and then replace the DIMM that caused the error See Install memory on page 30 2 If after replacing the DIMM the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 54 XX ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 If the message persists check the sensors in the device to make sure that they are working correctly 3 If the sensors are working correctly but the message persists replace the ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 55 05 ERROR To continue turn off then on The print engine is not communicating with the formatter An error occurred while performing a remote firmware upgrade 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Try aga
157. er 7 Parts and diagrams WT2 5812 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Clip cable WT2 5056 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Connector drawer VS1 7257 007CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Connector snap tight black Connector snap tight black Control panel VS1 7177 003CN VS1 7177 004CN CB414 60101 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 ADF scanner assembly on page 273 Cover replaces the stapler door for devices without staplers RC2 0727 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover ADF CB414 67902 ADF scanner assembly on page 273 Cover face up sensor cable RC2 0739 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Cover fax RC2 0726 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover fax internal fax rail RC2 0729 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover gear RC2 0579 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Cover I O RC2 0612 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover left RM1 3773 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover legal RL1 1366 000CN Covers on page 275 Cover main motor RC1 4108 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Cover registration RC1 3936 020CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Cover right front
158. er Care software ccccceccceecettieereeeeeeeeeeteee 314 Part MUIMDGIS 24 4 eck da iciee Aceeeeeneds Mcaeate T a oes Sade Seen aide Oo neck ee eee ee 315 Paper handling ACCESSOLIES cc cece cette eee e eee eetie tees rere EEE EEEE 315 Print CAMMO GG ceesre p a ecentet dicen ceutese aAA EE ETNE AEEA A 315 MGIMORY reire annan EAEE 315 Cables and interfaces 0 0 00 eccrine eee eee eee eee e tienes seer reeeeeeetneeeeeereetaeeeeeenen 315 Stapler ACCESSOMES secs scciavasae vastetecs cwancecd ene deateen ded neteadvaaeeteeVigasuad cuss a e E eave EE 316 Pon meddai dada tapes dens sane dented eed shaded eG eee 316 Appendix B Service and support Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement 0 cece cece eect eter eee ete eter eee eaaaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaas 319 Customer self repair warranty service eee eee eect ee eee nnn ee eterna eee eeeraeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeetaeeeeeene 320 Print cartridge limited warranty statement c ce ceeeee cece eeette eter rere eae eeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeaaes 320 FIP Customer Care secin E A ee 322 Online Seniesa AAA ARA 322 Telephone support ee 322 Software utilities drivers and electronic information ccccceeeeeccecceaeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeaneeses 322 HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies ceecceceeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeteeteeeeeees 322 HP service INTOFMALOMN sservi a NEAS 322 HP service agreements eect eee eee ettte eee rere ete teer
159. er Salely eie aE eA adie ane a aa 339 Canadian DOC regulations 2 c0icctseccessiccstne vied ah de eereataa EE 339 VCCI statement Japan krsni E A E AN 339 Power cord statement Japan sessicsseriocicniiineieiinesn eani EKANA AES 339 EMI Statement Koroa oat EANA EAE AE TA 339 EMI statement Taiwan enronsnesiron ni aea T ER E 340 Laser Statement for Finland zacccsesesadacenesettvandandsactvcndari seth AN A ER aN 340 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards OVEVIEW siana dnaranin e aaa A a A A tended E a N AANE 342 GIOSSANY aricii Eiaa EIEEE A ENEA eee ee 343 Te 5 aaa a E PEER Pro eT PEPE Pree ace reer tree 345 xX ENWW 1 Product Information Chapter contents ENWW Device configurations Features Walkaround Device software Media specifications Chapter contents 1 HP LaserJet M3027 Prints up to 27 pages per minute ppm on letter sized media and up to 25 ppm on A4 sized media 256 megabytes MB total of random access memory RAM upgradable up to 512 MB Internal 40 gigabyte GB or larger hard disk 100 sheet multipurpose tray tray 1 500 sheet input tray tray 2 50 sheet automatic document feeder ADF and 250 sheet output bin Hi Speed universal serial bus USB 2 0 port and enhanced input output EIO slot HP Jetdirect embedded print server for Ethernet 10 100Base T network One open dual inline memory module DIMM slot Device configurations HP LaserJet M3027
160. er accessories Item Description Part number Staple cassette Cassette that contains 1 500 unformed staples Q7432A Print media For more information about media supplies go to http www hp com go ljsupplies Item Description Part number HP Soft Gloss laser paper For use with HP LaserJet devices This is coated paper good for business documents with high impact such as brochures sales material and documents with graphics and photographic images Specifications 32 Ib 120 g m Letter 220 x 280 mm 50 sheets box C4179A Asia Pacific countries regions A4 210 x 297 mm 50 sheets box C4179B Asia Pacific countries regions and Europe HP LaserJet tough paper For use with HP LaserJet devices This satin finish paper is waterproof and tear proof yet doesn t compromise on print quality or performance Use it for signs maps menus and other business applications Letter 8 5 x 11 in 50 sheets to a carton Q1298A North America A4 210 x 297 mm 50 sheets to a carton Q1298B Asia Pacific countries regions and Europe HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper HP s brightest LaserJet paper Expect spectacular color and crisp black from this paper that is extra smooth and brilliantly white This is ideal for presentations business plans external correspondence and other high value Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in
161. er ribbon cable callout 8 from the laser scanner and disconnect one inline connector callout 9 Then unwind the front door microswitch cable from the cable guides and then remove the microswitch callout 10 from its housing Figure 5 57 Reinstalling the front door microswitch cable al Q Reinstallation tip Upon reinstallation replace the microswitch in its housing and then route the cable as shown in Figure 5 57 Reinstalling the front door microswitch cable on page 135 ENWW Engine control unit ECU 135 8 Lift up the ECU slightly and rotate the top of the ECU away from the device After it is rotated disconnect one ribbon cable callout 11 from the ECU 9 Lift the ECU off of the device EA NOTE The ECU and the ECU pan together are a single FRU You do not have to separate the ECU and the ECU pan 136 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 5 59 Reinstalling the ECU F Reinstallation tip Make sure that the power switch callout 12 fits into the correct position in 23 gt the switch link callout 13 ENWW Engine control unit ECU 137 Left side riser 1 Remove all covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 2 Remove four screws callout 1 Figure 5 60 Removing the left side riser 3 Lift the left side riser off of the device 138 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Fuser 1 Remove the back cover
162. ernal components 4 of 6 on page 285 RC1 4108 000CN Cover main motor Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RC1 4114 000CN Cam Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RC1 4115 000CN RC1 4116 000CN Lever coupling Lever drive release Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 ENWW Numerical parts list 303 Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number RC1 4117 000CN Description Link drive release Table and page Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RC1 4125 000CN Link laser shutter Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4126 000CN RC1 4127 000CN RC1 4128 020CN Stay tag holder Holder tag Duct scanner Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4136 000CN Plate protective Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4137 020CN RC1 4140 000CN Cam contact Spring compression Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4189 000CN Stopper gear Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC2 0468 000CN Cushion right lower Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RC2 0483 000CN Spring compression Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC2 049
163. essage The message 1 file s copied appears on the computer screen Upgrade the HP Jetdirect firmware The HP Jetdirect network interface in the device has firmware that can be upgraded separately from the device firmware This procedure requires that you install HP Web Jetadmin Version 7 0 or later on the computer See Use HP Web Jetadmin software on page 52 Complete the following steps to update the HP Jetdirect firmware by using HP Web Jetadmin a 2 10 11 Open the HP Web Jetadmin program Open the Device Management folder in the drop down list in the Navigation panel Navigate to the Device Lists folder Select the device that you want to update In the Device Tools drop down list select Jetdirect Firmware Update Under Jetdirect firmware version the HP Jetdirect model number and current firmware version are listed Make a note of these Go to www hp com go wja_firmware Scroll down to the list of HP Jetdirect model numbers and find the model number you wrote down Look at the current firmware version for the model and see if it is later than the version you wrote down If it is right click on the firmware link and follow the instructions on the Web page to download the new firmware file The file must be saved into the lt drive gt PROGRAM FILES HP WEB JETADMIN DOC PLUGINS HPWJA FIRMWARE WETDIRECT folder on the computer that is running the HP Web Jetadmin software In HP Web Jetadmin return to the main devic
164. essories ENWW Part numbers The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing Ordering information and availability of the accessories might change during the life of the device Paper handling accessories Item Description Part number Optional 500 sheet tray and feeder unit Optional tray to increase paper capacity Q7817A tray 3 Holds Letter A4 Legal A5 B5 JIS Executive and 8 5 x 13 paper sizes Print cartridge Item Description Part number HP LaserJet print cartridge 6 500 page cartridge Q7551A 13 000 page cartridge Q7551X Memory Item Description Part number 100 pin 133MHz DDR DIMM 64 MB Q7715A Boosts the ability of the device to handle 128 MB Q7718A large or complex print jobs 256 MB Q7719A 512 MB Q7720A Cables and interfaces Item Description Part number Enhanced I O EIO cards HP Jetdirect 620n Fast Ethernet J7934A ENWW 10 100Base TX print server HP Jetdirect print server multi protocol EIO network cards HP Jetdirect 625n Gigabit Ethernet J7960A 10 100Base TX print server HP Jetdirect 680n 802 11b wireless J6058A internal print server HP bt1300 Bluetooth wireless printer J6072A adapter HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6 IPsec print J7961A server J7961A HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6 IPsec print server USB cable 2 meter A to B cable C6518A am ee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee ener eee eee seen ee ee ee eT Partnumbers 315 Stapl
165. evice 3 Make sure that media is loaded correctly and that all adjustments have been made See the user guide Make sure that the guides in the tray are not too tight or too loose against the stack 4 Turnover the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the stack 180 5 Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 6 Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 7 The registration assembly might be installed incorrectly or damaged Make sure that the registration assembly is installed correctly If necessary replace the registration assembly see Registration assembly on page 183 EA NOTE If copies are skewed but pages printed from the computer are not skewed make sure that the ADF input tray is installed correctly see Figure 5 5 Reinstalling the ADF input tray on page 83 ADF jams and skew can result from incorrect reinstallation Curl or wave 1 Turn over the stack of media in the tray Also try rotating the stack 180 2 Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 3 Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 256 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Try printing to a differe
166. f Repair If however you require that HP replace them for you this may be done at no additional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product Based on availability and where geography permits CSR parts will be shipped for next business day delivery Same day or four hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography permits If assistance is required you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will help you over the phone HP specifies in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether a defective part must be returned to HP In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time normally five 5 business days The defective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping material Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement With a customer self repair HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier carrier to be used Print cartridge limited warranty statement This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship This warranty does not apply to products that a have been refilled refurbished remanufactured or tampered with in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specific
167. forms and other macros Job retention Fonts Accessories 93 internal fonts available for PCL 80 printer matching screen fonts in TrueType format available with the software solution Additional fonts can be added Optional 500 sheet input tray tray 3 standard on the HP LaserJet M3035xs MFP 100 pin 133 MHz dual inline memory modules DIMMs Connectivity Environmental Hi Speed USB 2 0 connection HP Jetdirect full featured embedded print server HP Web Jetadmin software Enhanced input output EIO slot Foreign interface harness FIH port for attaching optional third party paper handling devices Sleep mode setting features ENERGY STAR qualified Supplies The supplies status page contains information about toner level page count and estimated pages remaining The product checks for an authentic HP print cartridge at cartridge installation Internet enabled supply ordering capabilities using HP Easy Printer Care software Accessibility The online user guide is compatible with text screen readers The print cartridge can be installed and removed by using one hand ENWW Features 3 Feature Description e All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand e Media can be loaded in tray 1 by using one hand 4 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Walkaround Device parts ENWW Before using the product familiarize yourself with its components Optional tray 3
168. ge 283 Arm width sensor RC2 0575 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Bushing RC1 3665 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Bushing inner Bushing transfer right RC2 0701 000CN RC1 0922 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Cable assembly RM1 4053 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Cable guide WT2 5694 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Cable guide Cable guide WT2 5678 000CN WT2 5678 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Cable guide WT2 5056 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Cable delivery sensor RM1 4057 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Cable memory tag Cable option interface RM1 4054 000CN RM1 4062 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Cable sensor tray 2 RM1 4060 000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Cam RC1 4114 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Cam contact Cartridge door assembly RC1 4137 020CN RM1 3722 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Covers on page 275 Clip clamp wire WT2 5694 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Clip cable 292 Chapt
169. has begun to count the memory press and hold the 9 key 4 When the LED lights turn on release the 9 key 5 Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll through the options skip disk load NVRAM init manufacturing and skip calibration and then press the 6 key to select the option you want The device continues the power on sequence ENWW Service mode functions 227 Service menu Authorized HP service technicians can use this menu to gain access to device settings that are reserved for service personnel The SERVICE menu is protected by use of a personal identification number PIN When you select SERVICE from the list of menus you are prompted to type an eight digit PIN code A NOTE The device automatically exits the SERVICE menu after about one minute if no menu items are selected or changed 1 Touch Administration 2 Touch Service 3 Enter the service PIN code and then touch OK Use the PIN code 11303506 for the HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 Series MFP 4 Use the control panel to select the menu item you want e Clear event log Select this item to clear reset to zero the internal event log e _ Total page count Select this item to set the total number of pages that have been printed to date Typically this is only required when a new formatter is installed e Serial number Select this item to update the serial number if you replace the formatter e Service ID Select this item to specify the date when the device was first used
170. hat the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 3 Turn over the stack of media in the tray Also try rotating the stack 180 4 Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Toner Density submenu and change the toner density setting See the user guide 5 Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Optimize submenu and set Line Detail to On See the user guide Blurred print A 1 Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 2 Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 3 Turn over the stack of media in the tray Also try rotating the stack 180 4 Do not use paper that already has been run through the device 5 Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Toner Density submenu and decrease the toner density setting See the user guide 6 Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Optimize submenu and set High Transfer to Increased See the user guide ENWW Troubleshoot print quality problems 259 Random image repetition AaBbCc AaBbCc If an image that appears at the top of the page in solid black repeats farther down the page in a gray field the toner might not have been complete
171. he ability of the device Q6007A Q6007A DIMM to handle large or complex print jobs 64 MB 100 pin DDR memory Boosts the ability of the device Q2625A Q2625A DIMM to handle large or complex print jobs 128 MB 100 pin DDR Boosts the ability of the device Q2626A Q2626A memory DIMM to handle large or complex print jobs 256 MB 100 pin DDR Boosts the ability of the device Q2627A Q2627A memory DIMM to handle large or complex print jobs Cables and interfaces Enhanced I O EIO cards HP Jetdirect 620n Fast J7934A J7934A HP Jetdirect print server Ethernet 10 100Base TX multiprotocol EIO network print server cards Enhanced I O EIO cards HP Jetdirect 680n 802 11b J6058A J6058A HP Jetdirect print server wireless internal print server multiprotocol EIO network cards Enhanced I O EIO cards HP Jetdirect Connectivity J4135A J4135A HP Jetdirect print server card for USB serial and multiprotocol EIO network LocalTalk connections cards USB cable 2 meter A to B cable C6518A C6518A Consumables and accessories 271 ADF scanner assembly Figure 7 1 ADF scanner assembly 272 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 2 ADF scanner assembly Description Control panel Cover ADF Input tray ADF ADF assembly Scanner assembly ADF assembly is not included Part number Qty CB414 60101 1 CB414 67902 1 CB414 67903 1 CB414 67916 1 CB414 67905 1 ADF scanner assembly 273 Covers
172. he jammed media Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the output bin areas on page 223 If the message persists check the thermistor delivery sensor J405 and delivery sensor SR2 cable connections 13 67 00 Jam inside front door Media is jammed in the paper path Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the print cartridge area on page 219 If the message persists check the HVPS ribbon cable connection at J404 13 XX YY Paper wrapped around fuser 13 XX YY Remove Tray 2 Clear jam then touch OK A jam has occurred because paper has wrapped around the fuser Media is jammed in the duplex area Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the input tray areas on page 220 20 Insufficient memory To continue touch OK The device received more data than can fit in the available memory You might have tried Touch OK to print the transferred data some data might be lost and then simplify the print job or install additional memory ENWW Control panel messages 203 Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action to transfer too many macros soft fonts or complex graphics 21 Page too complex To continue touch OK 22 EIO lt X gt buffer overflow To continue
173. heets Recycled 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib 100 sheets Colored paper 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib 100 sheets Rough Light 60 to 199 g m 16 to 53 Ib 60 to 75 g m 16 to 20 Ib Custom Up to 100 sheets 100 sheets 60 to 199 g m 16 to 53 Ib Transparencies Up to 100 sheets 0 10 to 0 14 mm thick 4 7 to 5 mils thick Envelopes Up to 60 sheets 75 to 90 g m 20 to 24 Ib Labels 10 envelopes 0 10 to 0 14 mm thick 4 7 to 5 mils thick Cardstock Up to 60 sheets Greater than 163 g m greater than 43 Ib 250 Sheffield For ordering information see Supplies and accessories on page 313 N not designed for use with HP LaserJet printers For more information see the user guide Table 1 4 Tray 2 and tray 3 media types Up to 100 sheets Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions Smoothness should be 100 to Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP LaserJet printers This printer can detect transparencies that were Type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Plain Minimum 140 x 216 mm 5 5x8 5in 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib Up to 500 sheets Preprinted Maximum 216 x356 mm 8 5x14in 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib Up to 500 sheets Letterhead 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib Up to 500 sheets Prepunched 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib bond Up to 500 sheets Bond 60 to 120 g m 16 to
174. hould not be confused with the marketing name or the product number s 4 The product meets the requirements of EN55022 amp CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 5 All worldwide modular approvals for analog fax accessory obtained by Hewlett Packard under the regulatory model number BOISB 0308 00 incorporate the Multi Tech Systems MT5634SMI Socket Modem Module Boise Idaho USA 19 April 2006 For regulatory topics only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard GmbH Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise ID 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 338 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Safety statements Laser safety The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The device is certified as a Cl
175. ia that does not meet the guidelines that are outlined in this manual can cause the following problems e Poor print quality e Increased jams e Premature wear on the device requiring repair EA NOTE Some media might meet all of media specifications and still not produce satisfactory results Improper handling unacceptable temperature and humidity levels and other variables over which Hewlett Packard has no control can affect print quality Before purchasing large quantities of media make sure that it meets the requirements that are specified in the user guide and in theHP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide which is available for download athttp www hp com support ljpaperguide Always test paper before buying large quantities VAN CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the device requiring repair This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements General guidelines for media Before purchasing any paper or specialized forms in quantity verify that your paper supplier has obtained and understands the print media requirements that are specified in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide See HP Customer Care on page 322 to order the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide To download a copy of the guide go to www hp com support ljpaperguide It is possible that paper could meet all of the guidelines in this chapter or the HP LaserJet Pri
176. ications on page 15 4 The transfer roller might be worn or contaminated Replace the transfer roller see Transfer roller on page 182 250 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Light print entire page ad Oo p Specks ENWW Make sure that the print cartridge is fully installed Make sure that the EconoMode setting is turned off at the control panel and in the printer driver Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Toner Density submenu and increase the toner density setting See the user guide Try using a different type of media The print cartridge might be almost empty Replace the print cartridge The print cartridge might be installed incorrectly Reinstall the print cartridge The transfer roller might be defective or installed incorrectly Verify that the transfer roller is installed correctly If the transfer roller is damaged replace it The power supply might be defective Replace the power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 AaBboCc AaBbCc AaBboCc Specks might appear on a page after a jam has been cleared 1 O or p Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser See Clean the device on page 40 Try using a different type of media Check the print cartridge for leaks If the print cartridge is leaking replace it The print cartridge m
177. ight be defective Replace the print cartridge The fuser might be defective Replace the fuser Fuser on page 139 Troubleshoot print quality problems 251 Dropouts 1 Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 2 Ifthe paper is rough and the toner easily rubs off open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Fuser Modes submenu and then select the paper type that you are using Change the setting to HIGH 1 or HIGH 2 which helps the toner fuse more completely onto the paper See the user guide 3 Try using a smoother paper 4 The print cartridge might be defective Replace the print cartridge 5 Fuser rollers might be dirty Run a cleaning page several pages might be required if the fuser is very dirty If the image defect persists replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 6 The transfer roller might be damaged dirty or worn Try cleaning the transfer roller by using a dry lint free cloth If the image defect persists replace the transfer roller 7 The power supply might be defective Replace the power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 Lines Aca Bha Ada BDCO AciBk oG Aca Bh og Aca Bha 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser See Clean the device on page 4
178. iirssnediia rnana e E EE a EE 258 Scattered lines oo cece cece eee ee eee ceee ee ae eee ce eens eee ee eee eetaaaaaaaaeaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetegeeeesensaees 259 Bl rred Print satinirana a a a a a a aea 259 Random image repetition ss iisccnevvaddaaes pevateddacephlcendetsbeheladaes RNT ENA E ANNANN ARAKEA ANN ANA 260 Piagam caosa TS 261 Device component locations ccc cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaeaeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeesedeeeaaeaanaeeeeeeeeeeeeess 261 Main ASSEMDIIeS srini agoi ia a aaa i aaia aaa aaa aaa aa 261 Main Pants asioissaan aa inadi ia A a 262 Sensors and switches 2 eee ecceeceecce cece cee e eee ee eee e eee et sea taa sea aaeaaaeaaeeaaaeeaeeaeeeeeees 263 Motors fans ANd solenoidS cccccccceesececec eee eeeeeceaseeeeaueeseeeeaueeseeeeaeeeeeeeanes 264 PCS odes ue Pen E Sea eee nee teens sae ap aes eet eae ee as 265 Wiring GlaQramS 3 ei sieesceediadebet dated leader cde ei risieibidi iis oasis 266 7 Parts and diagrams Chapter Contents ay siietessieadecdexstaandivesebaaatdeuanatatandaedveasndecheassbaccntaduntsnad dadaasusanidedediestadaseunbiaananceesebaandeaeeys 269 Ordering parts ANd supplies ccccccecceccecceeeee eee ee eee tedeeceeeaaeaaaanaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeseqcececaaaeeaeceeeeeseeeeess 270 PAWS ans seees cave cues deh cd eaeetee des adic ae seed aera cen eeea red aes eee dae atte Aa eer a aes 270 Related documentation and Software ccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeasaea
179. il as well as to establish e mail alerts Security Use this page to set a password that must be typed to gain access to the Settings and Networking tabs Also use it to enable and disable certain features of the embedded Web server Other Links Use this page to add or customize a link to another Web site The link you establish appears in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages The following permanent links always appear in the Other Links area HP Instant Support Order Supplies and Product Support Device Information Use this page to name the device and assign an asset number to it Use the name and e mail address for the primary contact who will receive information about the device Language Use this page to specify the language in which the embedded Web server information appears Networking tab The network administrator uses this tab to control network related settings for the device when it is connected to an IP based network This tab does not appear if the device is directly connected to a computer or if the device is connected to a network with anything other than an HP Jetdirect print server Other links This section of the embedded Web server contains links that connect you to the Internet You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links If you use a dial up connection and did not connect 236 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW when you first opened the embedded Web server you must connect
180. in to perform the remote firmware upgrade 55 XX _YY DC CONTROLLER ERROR To continue turn off then on The print engine is not communicating with the formatter 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Ifthe message persists replace the ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 3 If after replacing the ECU the message persists replace the high voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 56 XX ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 If this message persists uninstall and then reinstall all input trays and then turn the device off 3 Turn the device on If the message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 57 03 ERROR To continue turn off then on A sub cooling fan FM2 error has occurred Fan operation is verified during device power up Fan operation occurs only during power up or during a print job 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on 2 Verify that nothing is hindering or blocking the fan 3 Verify that the fan is connected to connector J512 on the ECU PCA You ENWW Control panel messages 207 Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action might have to remove the main cooling fan to see this connection If the message pers
181. ing 198 stopped troubleshooting 199 K Korean EMI statement 339 L labels 19 language control panel 193 laser beam exposure stage 65 laser safety statements 339 340 laser scanner diagrams 261 operations 63 removing 142 left side cover removing 97 left side fan removing 148 left side riser removing 138 lid cleaning 42 light print troubleshooting 250 lines troubleshooting 252 257 Linux drivers 8 loading errormessages 212 tray 1 23 tray2 25 location requirements 22 Lock Resources Macintosh 53 loose toner troubleshooting 254 M Macintosh driver settings 11 drivers supported 8 HP Printer Utility 52 removing software 12 software 12 software components 14 support 323 supported operating systems 7 main motor removing 159 maintenance agreements 324 Management menu 230 material restrictions 334 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS 335 media capacities 2 curl troubleshooting 243 256 fuser wrapping 203 HP ordering 316 jam detection sensors 216 loading tray 1 23 loading tray 2 25 multifeeds troubleshooting 246 pickup feed delivery operations 62 sizes supported 18 skewed 247 256 specifications 15 17 trays configuring 26 troubleshooting trays 243 two sided printing 18 types supported 19 wrinkled 246 257 media jams See jams memory autoconfiguration 9 DIMM error messages 207 e label reader removing 175 enabling for Windows 34 firmware updates 239 included 2 12 installing DIMMs 30 insuffi
182. ing 270 HP Toolbox browsers supported 14 opening 47 HP Universal Print Driver 9 HP Web Jetadmin firmware updates 241 HP Authorized Dealers 322 humidity specifications 329 l I O cover removing 103 image defect ruler 238 image formation system operations 64 image quality defect ruler 238 settings 230 troubleshooting 248 image repetition troubleshooting 260 Information menu 230 information pages 45 Index 347 Information tab embedded Web server 50 235 Initial Setup menu 230 installers Windows 14 installing device location requirements 22 device operating environment 22 EIO cards 35 HP Jetdirect print server 35 memory DIMMs 30 Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE 322 insufficient memory 204 212 internal clock errors 202 internal components part numbers 276 J jams ADF 212 ADF clearing 217 common causes of 214 detection operations 62 detection sensors 216 duplexer clearing 222 error messages 203 fuser wrapping 203 locations 215 output bin clearing 223 print cartridge area clearing 219 trays clearing 220 Japanese VCCI statement 339 Jetadmin firmware updates 241 Jetadmin HP Web 13 52 Jetdirect print server configuration page 45 embedded Web server access 235 error messages 210 installing 35 models including 2 partnumbers 271 315 removing 36 Jetdirect print servers firmware updates 242 348 Index jobs formatted incorrectly 199 Macintosh settings 53 not printing troubleshoot
183. ing door remove the disk drive from the metal housing and then disconnect two cables callout 5 Figure 5 36 Removing the disk drive 3 of 3 ENWW Disk drive 115 Formatter 1 Remove the following components e __ Right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 e Formatter shield See Formatter shield on page 95 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 A NOTE Removing the disk drive is not a required step However you might find it easier to remove the formatter if you have already removed the disk drive 2 Disconnect three cables callout 1 from the top of the formatter 3 Disconnect four cables callout 2 from the left side toward the front of the device of the formatter 4 Remove six screws callout 3 UUUUUNUUULANUTIL sL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ N Figure 5 37 Removing the formatter 5 Lift up the formatter slightly to clear one tab at the bottom rotate the left edge of the formatter at the front of the device away from the device and then slide the formatter toward the front of the device to remove it 116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Stapler 1 Remove the following components e Right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 e Formatter shield See Formatter shield on page 95 e Fax cover see
184. inish without further interaction with the device or computer EA NOTE The devcie automatically turns off and then on again after processing the upgrade At the command prompt type bye to exit the ftp command At the command prompt type exit to return to the Windows interface Use HP Web Jetadmin to upgrade the firmware This procedure requires that you install HP Web Jetadmin Version 7 0 or later on the computer See Use HP Web Jetadmin software on page 52 Complete the following steps to update a single device through HP Web Jetadmin after downloading the RFU file from the HP Web site 1 2 ENWW Start HP Web Jetadmin Open the Device Management folder in the drop down list in the Navigation panel Navigate to the Device Lists folder Expand the Device Lists folder and select All Devices Locate the device in the list of devices and then click to select it If you need to upgrade the firmware for more than one device select all of them by pressing the Ctrl key as you click the name of each device Locate the drop down box for Device Tools in the upper right corner of the window Select Update Printer Firmware from the action list If the name of the RFU file is not listed in the All Available Images box click Browse in the Upload New Firmware Image dialog box and navigate to the location of the RFU file that you downloaded from the Web at the start of this procedure If the filename is listed select it
185. int entire See Specks See Specks See Dropouts page on page 250 page on page 251 on page 251 on page 251 on page 252 AABoCc aBa AaBbCc AaBbCc AabboCc cIBLiDd AaBbCc AaBhCc AaBbCc dBDCa AaBbCc AaBkyCc AaBboCc a cdBbCO AaBbCc AaBkCc AaBoCc cdBDCO AaBbCc AaBboCc See Dropouts See Dropouts See Lines See Gray background See Toner smear on page 252 on page 252 on page 252 on page 253 on page 253 AaBbCc AagbCc AaBbCc AQBbC A AaBlbCc ReecSe Bbc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBoCc 49BbCo AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc OB_o g See Loose toner ees See Repeating See R ting i See Misf d See Page ski on page 254 seed eke 254 H oo ia piira ns n on page 255 ENWW Troubleshoot print quality problems 249 AaBbCc See Curl or wave See Wrinkles or See Vertical white See Tire tracks See White spots on on page 256 creases on page 257 lines on page 257 on page 258 black on page 258 AaBbCc AaBbCc A See Scattered lines See Blurred print See Random image See Random image 259 a on page 259 repetition on page 260 repetition on page 260 dark light Light print partial page Aa gt Cc Aa Cc Aa Cc Aa Cc Aa Cc 1 Make sure that the print cartridge is fully installed 2 The toner level in the print cartridge might be low Replace the print cartridge 3 The media might not meet HP specifications for example the paper is too moist or too rough See Media specif
186. int server card 1 Turn off the device 2 Disconnect the network cable from the EIO card 3 Loosen the two screws from the EIO card and then remove the EIO card from the EIO slot 4 Place the cover plate from the EIO slot onto the back of the device Insert and tighten the two screws 5 Turn on the device 36 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW 3 Maintenance Chapter contents e Manage supplies e Clean the device Management tools Chapter contents 37 ENWW Manage supplies Using storing and monitoring the print cartridge can help ensure high quality output Supplies life The average cartridge yield is 6 500 pages for the Q7551A cartridge or 13 000 pages for the Q7551X cartridge in accordance with ISO IEC 19752 Actual cartridge yield depends on specific use AN CAUTION The Economode feature allows the device to use less toner per page Selecting Economode extends the life of the toner supply and reduces the cost per page but reduces print quality The printed image is lighter but is adequate for printing drafts or proofs Hewlett Packard does not recommend full time use of Economode If Economode is used full time the toner supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge If print quality begins to degrade under these circumstances install a new print cartridge even if the print cartridge still contains toner Approximate print cartridge replacement intervals Print c
187. inter creates an image of the page PCL Abbreviation for Printer Control Language peripheral An auxiliary device such as a printer modem or storage system that works in conjunction with a computer personality Distinctive features or characteristics of a printer or printer language pixel Abbreviation for picture element the smallest unit of area in an image displayed on a screen PJL Abbreviation for printer job language PostScript A trademarked page description language PPD Abbreviation for PostScript printer description printer driver A software program that a computer uses to gain access to printer features RAM Abbreviation for random access memory a type of computer memory that stores data that can change raster image An image composed of dots render The process of producing text or graphics ROM Abbreviation for read only memory a type of computer memory that stores data that should not change supplies Materials that the printer uses and that must be replaced The supply item for this printer is the print cartridge TCP IP An internet protocol that has become the global standard for communications toner The fine black or colored powder that forms the image on the printed media transfer unit The black plastic belt that transports media inside the printer and transfers toner from the print cartridge onto the media tray The receptacle that holds blank media 344 Glossary ENWW
188. ists replace the fan see Left side fan on page 148 57 04 ERROR To continue turn off then on A main cooling fan FM1 error has occurred Fan operation is verified during device power up Fan operation occurs only during power up or during a print job 59 50 ERROR To continue turn off then on A main motor M1 error has occurred Motor operation is verified during device power up Turn the device off and then on Verify that nothing is hindering or blocking the fan Verify that the fan is connected to connector J509 on the ECU PCA If the message persists replace the fan see Right side fan on page 128 Turn the device off and then turn the device on Verify that nothing is hindering the main motor If necessary remove all paper trays and the print cartridge and then turn on the device and listen for motor operation Verify that the main motor is connected to connector J407 on the ECU You might have to remove the main cooling fan to see this connection If the message persists replace the motor see Main motor on page 159 62 NO SYSTEM To continue turn off then A problem exists with the device firmware on Turn the device off and then turn the device on Go to www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp to check the latest firmware image version If the latest firmware image version is newer than the one installed on the device upgrade the device if possible
189. ith memory and print server cards This section explains the device memory features and provides steps for expansion e Overview 341 Overview One dual inline memory module DIMM slot is available for upgrading the device with the following items e More memory DIMMs are available in 64 128 256 and 512 MB e Other DIMM based printer languages and printer options The device uses 100 pin 133 MHz DDR memory modules Extended data output EDO DIMMs are not supported For ordering information see Order parts accessories and supplies on page 314 EA NOTE Single inline memory modules SIMMs used in previous HP LaserJet printers are not compatible with the device The device also has one EIO slot for expanding the device networking capabilities The EIO slot can be used to upgrade the device with an additional network connection such as a wireless print server network card or a connectivity card for a serial or AppleTalk connection To find out how much memory is installed in the device or to find out what is installed in the EIO slots print a configuration page See Use information pages on page 45 EF NOTE If memory problems occur when you are printing complex graphics you can make more memory available by removing downloaded fonts style sheets and macros from device memory Reducing the complexity of a print job from within a program can help avoid memory problems 342 Appendix E Working with memory a
190. itieiiecncadatesseredladededenaadlageseriadladessenessadiedilerHagdaaagiereadnde 333 OZONE PROGUCTION sassnisacdattecsnssaddauntuawededdaadacainadadeadenesasanadeded toh ianchedudal nalasdudaeanesaaaaddedtannaades 333 Power CONSUMPTION iscrisse tibai annia aaa aa a a aa aa aa 333 Toner COMSUIMPTION sisinta a aa a a eaaa aaa AN 333 Paper USE oien ii i i ii aa aAa a aa AE a a A 333 PIASUCS arasinan aaea aa a aaea a aaa 333 HP LaserJet print supplies cee ceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ed caaseaseeeaeaaaeeaaeeaeeaeeeeeeees 333 HP print supplies returns and recycling program information seeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 334 PAD OM oerien a ca ha te Cade edie tevln aang idle aaa EEE Ea Sep aN aa aa aE aKa aaa 334 ENWW ix Material restrictions iccii c 92chedscvaueddaedascvedidecdassandeceddandendacgdencidgigdesesabenddddacasnaiedcdedesasatedd 334 Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union 335 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS cece eee eecne reer eee eae tere eeeeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaas 335 For more information 00 cece cnet ieee nese eee eeee sere nieeeeeeeetiaeeeeeeeenea 335 Telecom statem Ont necari Mensiaduavteiaeddaavte vena dined idaho 337 Declaration of conformity 00 eee eee eeeneee eee ee tenet eee kaanan eeteeeaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeseeeaeeeeseeaaeeeseeenieeeesenaes 338 Safety Statement ieitccecyesicie cs ieii EEE ETENEE wt EENE EEEE 339 LaS
191. iver 9 weekly on site service 324 white lines or spots troubleshooting 257 Windows driver settings 11 drivers supported 8 memory enabling 34 software components 14 supported operating systems 7 universal print driver 9 wire harnesses replacing 77 wiring diagrams 266 wrinkled paper troubleshooting 246 257 ENWW Index 353 354 Index ENWW 2006 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P www hp com CB414 90940
192. l and replacement ENWW 3 Remove three screws callout 2 unroute the main motor cable and then lift the motor out of the device Figure 5 80 Removing the main motor 2 of 2 EA NOTE Do not attempt to disconnect the cable at the main motor The cable is permanently connected to the main motor ENWW Main motor 161 Gear assembly 1 Remove the following components All of the covers See Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 Formatter see Formatter on page 116 Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 Left side riser see Left side riser on page 138 Access plate see Access plate on page 144 Fuser see Fuser on page 139 Oblique roller assembly see Oblique roller assembly on page 146 Left side fan see Left side fan on page 148 ve Tip You do not have to unroute the left side fan cable in order to remove the HVPS 23 gt the feed guide assembly or the gear assembly After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis simply set the fan down on the workspace High voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 Feed guide assembly see Feed guide assembly on page 156 162 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Re
193. l components 1 of 6 on page 277 Spring torsion RC1 4028 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Spring torsion Spring torsion Spring torsion RC1 4059 000CN RC1 4061 000CN RC2 0576 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Spring torsion RU5 2386 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Spring torsion Stapler RC2 0665 000CN CB414 60147 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Stapler door for devices with staplers Static wire right side fan CB414 40064 RC2 0593 000CN Covers on page 275 Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Stay tag holder RC1 4126 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Stopper cartridge left RC2 0707 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Stopper cartridge right Stopper feed guide left RC2 0702 000CN RC2 0585 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Stopper fuser RC2 0657 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Stopper gear RC1 4189 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Top cover assembly RM1 3772 000CN Covers on page 275 Transfer guide assembly lower Transfer roller assemb
194. lable at the following Web sites Table 7 1 Technical support Web sites HP Customer Care Online www hp com support Software drivers support documentation and answers to frequently asked questions HP Technical Training education itrc hp com Trainerll en US index jsp North America Classes and schedules Supplies Device supplies are listed in this chapter Consumables are available directly from HP at the following numbers e US 800 538 8787 e Canada 800 387 3154 in Toronto 416 671 8383 e United Kingdom 0734 441212 e Germany 0130 3322 Contact your local HP Parts Coordinator for other local phone numbers 270 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Consumables and accessories The following accessories and supplies are available for the HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 Consumables and accessories ENWW Product name Description Product number Part number Paper handling accessories Optional 500 sheet tray and Optional tray to increase Q5963A Q5963A feeder unit paper capacity holds Letter A4 Legal A5 B5 JIS Executive and 8 5 x 13 inch paper sizes Print cartridges HP LaserJet print cartridge 6 500 page cartridge Q7551A Q7551A HP LaserJet print cartridge 13 000 page cartridge Q7551X Q7551X Memory 32 MB 100 pin DDR memory Boosts the ability of the device Q3982A Q3982A DIMM to handle large or complex print jobs 48 MB 100 pin DDR memory Boosts t
195. lacing it EA NOTE Before performing a hard disk initialization print a configuration page see Use information pages on page 45 Use the information on the configuration page to reset any customer set device configuration values that the hard disk initialization procedure changes Skip disk load When the power is turned on the device begins the power on sequence By performing a skip disk load you can cause the device to resume the power on sequence but not to recognize the hard disk This can be helpful in isolating hard disk errors NVRAM init AN CAUTION Initializing the NVRAM resets the serial number the event log the page counts and embedded EIO and resets service menu values to factory defaults NVRAM initialization does not reset the model number serial number service ID born on date usage data or the error log Use the service menu to restore the serial number and page counts Also reconfigure any computers that print to this device so that the computers can recognize the device Initialize the NVRAM only when absolutely necessary In most situations use a cold reset rather than a NVRAM initialization to reset device settings and retain the values in the service menu EA NOTE Before performing a NVRAM initialization print a configuration page see Use information pages on page 45 Use the information on the configuration page to reset any customer set device configuration values that the NVRAM initializati
196. le 2 500 sheet carton HP2500S North America and Mexico HP2500P North America Letter 220 x 280 mm 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton Q2408A Asia Pacific countries regions A4 210 x 297 mm 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton Q2407A Asia Pacific countries regions A4 210 x 297 mm 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton A4 210 x 297 mm Quick Pack 2500 sheets ream 5 ream carton CHP110 Europe CHP113 Europe Part numbers 317 Item Description Part number HP Office recycled paper For use with all office equipment laser Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton HPE1120 North America and inkjet printers copiers and fax machines This is good for high volume Letter 8 5 x 11 in 3 hole 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton HPE113H North America printing Satisfies U S Executive Order 13101 for environmentally preferable products Specifications 84 bright 20 Ib 30 post consumer content HP LaserJet transparencies Legal 8 5 x 14 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in 50 sheets to a carton HPE1420 North America 92296T North America Asia Pacific countries regions and Europe For use only with HP LaserJet monochrome printers For crisp sharp text and graphics rely on the only transparencies specifically designed and tested to work with monochrome HP LaserJet printers Specifications 4 3 mil thickness A4 210 x 297 m
197. lexing 244 engine test 234 formatter test 235 gray background 253 jams 214 215 light print 250 lines 252 257 multifeeds 246 print quality 248 printing 198 199 245 PS errors 198 repeating defects 254 repeating images 260 skewed pages 247 256 slow printing 199 243 smeared toner 253 specks 251 text 244 255 259 tire tracks 258 tray selection 200 trays 243 white spots 258 wrinkled paper 246 257 Troubleshooting menu 231 Troubleshooting menu control panel 230 two sided printing error messages 210 Macintosh settings 53 paper sizes supported 18 troubleshooting 244 U uninstalling Macintosh software 12 universal print driver 9 Update Now feature drivers 9 updating firmware 239 upgrading memory 342 upgrading firmware 239 usage page printing 45 USB buffer overflow 204 USB cable part number 271 315 USB port locating 6 supported 3 V voltage specifications 328 Ww warranty Customer self repair 320 extended 325 print cartridge 320 product 319 service ID 228 transfer unit and fuser 320 wavy paper troubleshooting 243 256 Web Jetadmin firmware updates 241 Web sites customer support 322 firmware updates 239 fraud reports 39 HP Easy PrinterCare 14 HP Web Jetadmin downloading 52 Linux support 8 Macintosh customer support 323 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS 335 ordering supplies 314 paper specifications 17 parts ordering 270 print media guide 15 ENWW software downloading 7 universal print dr
198. ly RM1 3757 000CN RM1 1508 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Tray staple RC2 0725 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Tray 1 assembly RM1 1490 000CN Covers on page 275 Tray 1 cover assembly RM1 3723 000CN Covers on page 275 Tray 1 pickup roller assembly 300 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams RM1 3716 000CN Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 ENWW Table 7 11 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Tray 2 pickup assembly RM1 3762 000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Tray 2 pickup assembly also see Tray 2 pickup assembly RM1 3762 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 290 on page 287 Washer RC2 0652 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Alphabetical parts list 301 Numerical parts list Table 7 12 Numerical parts list Part number Description Table and page CB414 40064 Stapler door for devices with staplers Covers on page 275 CB414 60101 Control panel ADF scanner assembly on page 273 CB414 60147 CB414 67902 Stapler Cover ADF Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 ADF scanner assembly on page 273 CB414 67903 Input tray ADF ADF scanner assembly on page 273 CB414 67905 Scanner assembly ADF assembly is not included ADF scanner
199. ly erased from the last job The repeated image might be lighter or darker than the field it appears in e Change the tone darkness of the field that the repeated image appears in e Change the order in which the images are printed For example have the lighter image at the top of the page and the darker image farther down the page e From the software application rotate the whole page 180 to print the lighter image first e Ifthe defect occurs later in a print job turn the device off for 10 minutes and then turn the device on to restart the print job 260 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Diagrams Device component locations Main assemblies Figure 6 4 Main assemblies HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 1 Fuser 2 Engine controller assembly ECU 3 Drive assembly 4 Pick up assembly 5 Tray 2 ENWW Diagrams 261 Main parts Figure 6 5 Main parts HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 1 Fuser film 2 Pressure roller 3 Transfer charging roller 4 Tray 1 pick up roller 5 Tray 1 separation pad 6 Tray 2 pick up roller 7 Tray 2 Memory tag contact 8 Memory tag contact 262 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Sensors and switches ENWW Figure 6 6 Sensors and switches Delivery sensor SR2 2 Output bin full sensor PS4 3 Face up cover sensor PS1 4 Power switch SW101 on ECU PCA 5 Door switch SW501 6 Engine test print button SW401 on tes
200. m 50 sheets to a carton 922296U Asia Pacific countries regions and Europe 318 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW B Service and support Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP LaserJet M3027 M3027x M3035 and M3035xs One year on site warranty HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent
201. mbly AC voltage is necessary to generate heat in the fuser assembly Verify that the connection between the fuser assembly and the ECU is fully seated If the message persists replace the fuser assembly 50 6 FUSER ERROR The main or sub thermistors are unable to 1 provide temperature feedback to the ECU The main and sub thermistors monitor the fuser assembly hot roller temperature and provide feedback to regulate the fusing temperature 2 Verify that the seven wire connector is firmly seated in connector J405 on the ECU You might have to remove the main cooling fan to see this connection Verify that the four wire connector is firmly seated in the fuser assembly Verify that the AC voltage is being provided to the fuser assembly If the message persists replace the fuser assembly ENWW Control panel messages 205 Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action 50 X FUSER ERROR To continue turn off A fuser error has occurred then on X description 1 low fuser temperature 2 fuser warmup service 3 fuser over temperature 4 faulty fuser 5 incorrect fuser is installed 6 open fuser circuit 1 Turn the device off and then turn the device on If the message persists turn off the device to allow the fuser to cool Verify that the correct model fuser is installed in the device Check the cable connections between the ECU and the fuse
202. move two screws callout 1 from the switch link assembly slide the assembly toward the front of the device and then lift it out of the device Figure 5 81 Removing the gear assembly 1 of 2 ENWW Gear assembly 163 Remove cables from four cable guides callout 2 and then remove four screws callout 3 from the gear assembly plate 4 NOTE Make sure that you duplicate the cable routing when you reinstall the assembly Figure 5 82 Removing the gear assembly 2 of 2 Pull the gear assembly straight away from the device 122 NOTE The spring callout 4 in Figure 5 83 Reinstalling the gear assembly on page 165 is not attached to the gear assembly plate or to the large gear As a result the spring might fall out of the device when you remove the gear assembly 164 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly a 9 Reinstallation tip Close the cartridge door and press the large gear against the device chassis before you start to reinstall the gear assembly Reinstallation tip The spring callout 4 has a locating pin that must be inserted into the small hole in the gear assembly plate before reinstallation Reinstallation tip Use the rod callout 5 on the gear assembly plate as a locator to find the correct position for the gear assembly Insert the rod into the hole in the lower gear on the device chassis Reinstallation tip Be careful not to catch any cables behind
203. moving 173 separation pad locating 68 removing 189 separation stage 66 service HP Authorized Dealers 322 repacking device 324 service agreements 324 ENWW service ID 228 Service menu 228 Service menu control panel 230 setting up device 22 settings Default Job Options menu 230 drivers 11 priority 10 Settings tab embedded Web server 50 236 shipping device 324 SIMMs incompatibility 342 site requirements 22 skewed pages 247 256 Sleep mode 328 slow printing troubleshooting smeared toner troubleshooting 253 SMTP gateway errors 213 software embedded Web server 13 235 HP Easy Printer Care 14 HP Printer Utility 52 HP Toolbox 47 HP Web Jetadmin 13 199 243 Macintosh 12 14 ordering 270 settings 10 supported operating systems 7 system requirements 7 uninstalling Macintosh 12 Web sites 7 Windows 14 solenoids diagrams 264 operations 62 tray 1 removing 166 tray 2 removing 167 space requirements 22 specifications acoustic 329 electrical 328 environmental 22 media 15 17 media sizes supported 18 operating environment 329 ENWW paper 17 paper types supported 19 physical 328 specks troubleshooting 251 258 speed pages per minute 2 troubleshooting 199 243 speed dial list printing 46 spots troubleshooting 251 258 staple cassette part number 316 stapler locating 5 models including 2 power supply removing 123 removing 117 static precautions 77 status embedded Web server 50
204. mponents 2 of 6 on page 281 Motor stepping RK2 1489 000CN Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Mount solenoid Pad separation RC2 0498 000CN RC1 0939 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Paper clip tray Pendulum assembly RC2 0724 000CN RM1 3748 000CN Covers on page 275 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Photo interrupter WG8 5624 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Photo interrupter tray 2 WG8 5624 000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Pick up roller gear assembly Pickup roller assembly tray 2 RM1 3714 000CN RM1 3763 000CN Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Pickup roller tray 2 RL1 1370 000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly on page 291 Plate face up shield RC2 0697 000CN Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 Plate fan shield left Plate grounding RC2 0623 000CN RC1 4085 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Plate I O RC2 0736 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Plate protective RC1 4136 000CN Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Position guide assembly Power supply RM1 1506 000CN RM1 3758 000CN Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Intern
205. mponents 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 0962 000CN Gear 65T Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RU5 2385 000CN Spring compression Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RU5 2386 000CN Spring torsion Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RU5 2388 000CN Spring tension Covers on page 275 RU5 2401 000CN RU5 2403 000CN Spring compression Spring tension Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RU5 2404 000CN Spring compression Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RU5 2405 000CN Spring compression Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RU5 2407 000CN RU5 2408 000CN Spring tension Spring compression Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RU5 2410 020CN Spring torsion Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RU5 2920 000CN Spring compression Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 VS1 7177 003CN VS1 7177 004CN Connector snap tight black Connector snap tight black Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 ENWW Numerical parts list 309 Table 7 12 Numerical parts list continued Part number VS1 7257 007CN Description Connector drawer Table and page Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289
206. n created for businesses that want one paper for all their office needs It is brighter and smoother than other office papers Specifications 90 bright 20 Ib 75 g m HP Office paper For use with all office equipment laser and inkjet devices copiers and fax machines This is good for high volume printing Specifications 84 bright 20 Ib 75 g m Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton HPP1122 North America and Mexico Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 3 ream carton HPP113R North America A4 210 x 297 mm 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton A4 210 x 297 mm 300 sheets ream 5 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 5 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in 250 sheets ream 12 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in 3 hole 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton Legal 8 5 x 14 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton CHP210 Europe CHP213 Europe HPM1120 North America HPM115R North America HP25011 North America HPM113H North America HPM1420 North America HPC8511 North America and Mexico Letter 8 5 x 11 in 3 hole 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton HPC3HP North America Legal 8 5 x 14 in 500 sheets ream 10 ream carton HPC8514 North America Letter 8 5 x 11 in Quick Pack 2 500 sheet carton Letter 8 5 x 11 in Quick Pack 3 ho
207. n lift the protector out of the device Figure 5 73 Removing the HVPS 3 of 5 152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 Guide the ribbon cable callout 6 through the hole in the chassis and then remove the remaining three screws callout 7 from the HVPS pan Figure 5 74 Removing the HVPS 4 of 5 ENWW High voltage power supply HVPS 153 7 Lift the edge of the HVPS pan and then disconnect two cables callout 8 from the HVPS Figure 5 75 Removing the HVPS 5 of 5 EA NOTE The HVPS pan and the HVPS together are a single FRU You do not have to separate the HVPS from the pan 154 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 5 76 Grounding spring locations s l O Reinstallation tip As you remove the power supply note the locations of the grounding springs You might need to reinstall one non captive spring callout 9 before reinstalling the power supply ENWW High voltage power supply HVPS 155 Feed guide assembly 1 Remove the following components e All of the covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 e Formatter see Formatter on page 116 e Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 e ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 e Left side ri
208. n page 277 RC1 4025 000CN Eliminator static charge Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 4027 000CN RC1 4028 000CN RC1 4055 000CN Lever sensor Spring torsion Arm door Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4056 000CN Guide door arm Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4057 000CN Hinge left Covers on page 275 RC1 4058 000CN Hinge right Covers on page 275 RC1 4059 000CN Spring torsion Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 4060 000CN RC1 4061 000CN Lever Spring torsion Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 4065 000CN Lever grounding contact Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4066 020CN Lever grounding contact Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 RC1 4067 000CN RC1 4069 000CN Spring leaf Sheet static charge Internal components 1 of 6 on page 277 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 4070 000CN Sheet static charge Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RC1 4083 000CN Guide Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RC1 4085 000CN RC1 4096 000CN Plate grounding Guide duplex inlet Internal components 4 of 6 on page 285 Int
209. n press the output bin down firmly to disengage two door stops callout 2 in Figure 5 20 Removing the left side cover 2 of 3 on page 98 ENWW Covers 97 4 Use a flat blade screwdriver to press one tab callout 3 toward the back of the device and then rotate the cover away from the back of the device Figure 5 20 Removing the left side cover 2 of 3 98 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Slide the cover toward the front of the device to clear tabs at the front callout 4 and then lift the cover away from the device Figure 5 21 Removing the left side cover 3 of 3 ENWW Covers 99 Legal cover dust cover 1 Rotate the cover up to the horizontal position 2 Flex the middle of the cover until one of the hinges is released from its slot 3 Slide the cover toward the released hinge to release the other hinge 100 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Back cover 1 Remove the left side cover see Left side cover on page 97 and leave the rear output bin all the way open 2 Remove two screws callout 1 Figure 5 22 Removing the back cover 1 of 2 ENWW Covers 101 3 Release one tab callout 2 inside the device and then rotate the bottom of the cover away from the device Figure 5 23 Removing the back cover 2 of 2 4 Lift the cover away from the device 102 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW I O cover 1 Remove the back cover see Back cover on page 101 2 Rot
210. n procedure If necessary install a different DIMM NOTE If you installed a device language personality check the Installed Personalities and Options section on the configuration page This area should list the new device language Enable memory for Windows 1 2 3 4 5 34 Chapter 2 On the Start menu Settings and Printers or Printers and Faxes Select this device and select Properties On the Configure tab click More In the Total Memory field type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed Click OK Installation and configuration ENWW Use HP Jetdirect print server cards Follow these procedures to install or remove an EIO card Install an HP Jetdirect print server card 1 Turn off the device 2 Remove the two screws and cover plate from the EIO slot on the back of the device EA NOTE Do not discard the screws or the cover plate Save them for future use if you remove the EIO card 3 Install the EIO card in the EIO slot and tighten the screws ENWW Install accessories 35 4 Connect the network cable to the ElO card 5 Turn on the device and then print a configuration page to verify that the new EIO device is recognized See Use information pages on page 45 EA NOTE When you print a configuration page an HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains network configuration and status information also prints Remove an HP Jetdirect pr
211. n sensor e Output bin full sensor Feed Fuser Delivery block 62 Chapter4 Theory of operation Duplex feed block PS901 top of page sensor PS902 tray 1 media detection sensor PS903 media width sensor SR1 top output bin delivery flag SR2 fuser delivery flag Tray 1 pickup block Tray 2 pickup block ENWW Laser scanner system The laser scanner system receives video signals from the ECU and the formatter and converts the signals into latent images on the photosensitive drum SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS ESS SSS SSS SSS SSS SS ee eS SS SSS SS SS SS SS ST 1 1 1 1 Engine controller PCA IACCIDEC BDL CONTO CNTI CNT2 Cylindrical lens ollimator lens Four sided AON F driver PCA BD sensor Scanner motor Focusing lens Reflecting mirror Photsensitive drum Figure 4 9 Laser scanner system ENWW Basic operation 63 Image formation system Laser printing requires the interaction of several different technologies including electronics optics and electrophotographics to provide a printed page Laser beam Cleaning blade P oe Print Blage cartridge jar Photosensitive drum Developing cylinder Static eliminator Transfer charging roller Figure 4 10 Print cartridge diagram Each process functions independently and must be coordinated with the other device processes Image formation consists of the following fi
212. n suojakotelointi est lasersateen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on maaritetty standardin EN 60825 1 1994 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen kayttaminen muulla kuin kaytt6ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa kayttajan turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle nakymattomalle lasersateilylle VARNING Om apparaten anv nds pa annat s tt an i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP LaserJet M3027 M3027x M3035 M3035xs kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina n kym tt m llelasers teilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa l katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser 340 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW ENWW Working w
213. nd print server cards ENWW Glossary bidirectional communication Two way data transmission bin A receptacle for holding printed pages BOOTP Abbreviation for Bootstrap Protocol an Internet protocol that a computer uses to find its IP address calibration The process in which the printer makes internal adjustments to produce the best print quality chooser A Macintosh accessory that you use to select a device control panel The area on the printer that contains buttons and a display screen Use the control panel to set printer settings and to get information about the printer status default The normal or standard setting for hardware or software DHCP Abbreviation for dynamic host configuration protocol Individual computers or peripherals that are connected to a network use DHCP to find their own configuration information including the IP address DIMM Abbreviation for dual inline memory module A small circuit board that holds memory chips duplex A feature that accommodates printing on both sides of a sheet of paper Also called two sided printing EIO Abbreviation for enhanced input output A hardware interface that is used to add a print server network adaptor hard disk or other plug in item for HP printers Emulated PostScript Software that emulates Adobe PostScript a programming language that describes the appearance of the printed page This printer language appears as PS in many menus
214. nel and relaying device status information e Developing and coordinating data placement and timing with the print engine Figure 4 4 Formatter connections on page 59 shows the formatter connections Figure 4 4 Formatter connections 1 Disk drive power 8 Network port 2 Disk drive interface 9 FIH port 3 ECU power 10 Type A Hi Speed USB 2 0 connection for adding a To accessories 4 ECU interface 5 ADF scanner interface 11 Type B Hi Speed USB 2 0 port 6 Control panel interface 12 DIMM slot 7 Fax accessory interface 13 EIO connection ENWW Basic operation 59 Engine control unit ECU The ECU coordinates all device functions according to commands that the formatter sends It drives the laser scanner system the image formation system and the pickup feed delivery system The ECU contains the following components e Engine controller PCA e Low voltage PCA Figure 4 5 Print engine general structure on page 60 shows the relationship of the ECU to the pickup feed delivery system the laser scanner system and the image formation system Figure 4 6 Engine control unit circuit diagram on page 61 provides the ECU circuit diagram Figure 4 7 LVPS circuit diagram on page 61 shows the low voltage power supply circuit on the ECU e I 1 ry ECU I 1 1 i Engine controller lt Formatter PCA i gt Option High voltage l j Power supply PCA Duplex feed unit PICKUP FEED SYSTEM Figure 4 5 Prin
215. nergy If this equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions it may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase separation between equipment and receiver e Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located e Consult your dealer or an experienced radio TV technician EA NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules 332 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Environmental product stewardship program Protecting the environment Hewlett Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment Ozone production This product generates no appreciable ozone gas O3 Power consumption Power usage drops significantly while in Ready and
216. nistrator Note that slower speeds should be expected if you are printing narrow paper printing from tray 1 using the HIGH 2 fuser mode or if you have set Small Paper Speed to SLOW A control panel setting is not taking effect Check settings in the printer driver or program The printer driver and program settings override control panel settings The print job is not formatted correctly Check that you are using the correct printer driver See the user guide Check the program settings See the program online Help Try a different font Downloaded resources might have been lost You might need to download them again Media does not feed correctly or is Make sure that the media is loaded correctly and that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack of media damaged If you are having problems printing custom size paper see the user guide If pages are wrinkled or curled or if the image is skewed on the page see Troubleshoot print quality problems on page 248 Print quality Adjust the print resolution See the user guide problems occur Check that Resolution Enhancement Technology REt is on See the user guide Go to Troubleshoot print quality problems on page 248 Troubleshooting process 199 8 Does the device select the correct trays YES gt For other problems check the table of contents or the index in this manual or see the printer driver online H
217. nt output bin If paper is lightweight and smooth open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel Open the Fuser Modes submenu and then select the paper type that you are using Change the setting to Low which helps reduce the heat in the fusing process See the user guide Wrinkles or creases 6 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 Turn over the stack of media in the tray Also try rotating the stack 180 Make sure that media is loaded correctly and all adjustments have been made See the user guide Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 If envelopes are creasing try storing envelopes so that they lie flat Vertical white lines ENWW Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 Replace the print cartridge The fuser might be defective Replace the fuser See Fuser on page 139 If the image defect persists the mirror in the laser scanner might be dirty Replace the laser scanner see Laser scanner on page 142 If the image defect persists replace the ECU See Engine control unit ECU on page 131
218. nter Family Print Media Guide and still not print satisfactorily This can result from abnormal characteristics of the printing environment or other variables over which HP has no control for example extremes in temperature and humidity Hewlett Packard Company recommends testing any paper before buying it in large quantities CAUTION Using paper that does not conform to the specifications listed here or in the print media guide can cause problems that require service This service is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements ENWW Media specifications 15 Paper to avoid The product can handle many types of paper Using paper that does not meet specifications will cause lower print quality and increase the chance of jams Do not use paper that is too rough Use paper with a tested smoothness rating of 100 250 Sheffield Do not use paper other than standard 3 hole punched paper that contains cutouts or perforations Do not use multipart forms Do not use paper that has already been printed on or that has been fed through a photocopier Do not use paper that contains a watermark if you are printing solid patterns Do not use heavily embossed or raised letterhead papers Do not use papers that have heavily textured surfaces Do not use offset powders or other materials that prevent printed forms from sticking together Do not use paper that has a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced
219. nternet Explorer 4 and later or Netscape Navigator 4 and later The embedded Web server works when the device is connected to an IP based network The embedded Web server does not support IPX based or AppleTalk device connections You do not need Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server Open the embedded Web server by using a network connection ENWW 1 In a supported Web browser on your computer type the device IP address or host name in the address URL field To find the IP address or host name print a configuration page See Use information pages on page 45 EA NOTE After you open the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the device the Information tab the Settings tab and the Networking tab Click the tab that you want to view See Embedded Web server sections on page 50 for more information about each tab Management tools 49 Embedded Web server sections Tab or section Options Information tab e Provides device status and configuration information Device Status Shows the device status and shows the life remaining of HP supplies with 0 indicating that a supply is empty The page also shows the type and size of print paper set for each tray To change the default settings click Change Settings Configuration Page Shows the information found on the configurati
220. ntrol unit 60 formatter 59 image formation 64 jam detection sensors 216 laser scanner 63 pickup feed delivery system 62 power on 72 print cartridge memory 73 scanner 58 timing 69 Optimize print quality 230 ordering media HP 316 part numbers for 315 parts 270 supplies 270 supplies and accessories 314 supplies through embedded Web server 51 supplies with HP Easy Printer Care 48 Other links tab embedded Web server 236 output bins See bins output quality image defect ruler 238 settings 230 troubleshooting 248 P packaging device 324 page count 228 pages per minute 2 pages per minutet 2 paper capacities 2 curl troubleshooting 243 256 fuser wrapping 203 HP ordering 316 jam detection sensors 216 loading tray 1 23 loading tray 2 25 multifeeds troubleshooting 246 pickup feed delivery operations 62 sizes supported 18 skewed 247 256 specifications 15 17 trays configuring 26 troubleshooting trays 243 two sided printing 18 types supported 19 wrinkled 246 257 paper jams See jams parallel port testing 225 part numbers accessories 271 315 ADF scanner assembly 272 covers 274 EIO cards 315 internal components 276 media HP 316 memory 315 print cartridges 315 supplies 271 tray2 290 parts ordering 270 removing and replacing 77 78 PCAs diagrams 265 PCL drivers selecting 9 universal 9 permanent storage errors 209 phone numbers ordering supplies 270 physical specifications 22 328 pickup ass
221. nts in the device and includes a detailed discussion of the image formation system The following systems are discussed e ADF scanner system e Formatter e Engine control unit e Laser scanner system e __ Pickup feed delivery system e _Image formation system Figure 4 1 Block diagram on page 56 illustrates the relationships between the systems LASER SCANNER SYSTEM IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM High voltage PCA PICKUP FEED DELIVERY SYSTEM HOST COMPUTER ADF SCANNER CONTROL PANEL FORMATTER Llid DISK DRIVE FAX ACCESSORY Figure 4 1 Block diagram 56 Chapter4 Theory of operation ENWW ADF scanner system ADF If the ADF fails it can be replaced as a whole unit replacement part Sensors in the ADF The ADF contains the following sensors e ADF cover sensor Detects whether the ADF cover is open or closed e Top of page sensor Detects the top of the page before sending a page through the ADF and the end of the page after feeding scanning is complete e Paper present sensor Detects whether a document is present in the ADF If paper is present in the ADF when copies are made the device scans the document using the ADF If no paper is present when copies are made the device scans the document using the scanner glass ADF paper path The ADF feeds documents past the ADF glass for scanning Figure 4 2 ADF path for single sided documents on page 57 shows the path for single sided documents
222. ock has experienced Whenever the device is turned off and then touch OK an error turned on again set the time and date at the control panel See the Time Scheduling menu in the user guide If the error persists you might need to replace the formatter 13 00 02 Jam in Tray 1 Clear jam then Paper is fed from tray 2 to the device by the 1 Follow the instructions in the onscreen touch OK tray 2 pick up roller When energized dialog box or see Clear jams from the solenoid SL2 releases a clutch and then the input tray areas on page 220 pick up roller rotates to pick up the paper and advance it into the paper path 2 Verify that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 3 Verify that the media is loaded correctly and that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack of media 4 Verify that the tray 2 pickup roller and separation pad are installed correctly 5 Verify that solenoid SL2 is being energized If you cannot hear it during a print job remove tray 2 override the paper presence sensor flag start a print job and then see if the pick up roller is rotating 6 Verify that solenoid SL2 is firmly seated in connector J504 on the ECU 13 01 00 Jam in Tray 1 Clear jam then The paper did not reach the top of page 1 Follow the instructions in the onscreen touch OK sensor within the specified period of time The dialog box o
223. ode although it is set to PCL Set Personality on the General Print Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu to Auto 198 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW YES gt 7 Does the job print as expected Go to step 8 Nov Print is garbled or only a portion of the page prints Make sure that you are using the correct printer driver See the user guide The data file that was sent to the device might be corrupt To check try printing the file to another device if possible or try a different file Check the interface cable connections Test the cable by trying it on another computer if possible Replace the interface cable with a high quality cable see Parts and diagrams on page 269 Simplify the print job print at a lower resolution or install more device memory You might be missing a device message that could help you solve the problem On the Warning Error Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu at the device control panel temporarily turn off the Clearable Warnings and Auto Continuable Events settings Then print the job again Printing stops in the middle of the job Stop might have been pressed Check that the power supplied to the device is steady and that it meets device specifications See Electrical specifications on page 328 Print speed is slower than expected Simplify the print job Add more memory to the device Turn banner pages off See the network admi
224. of 6 on page 277 RM1 1522 000CN Drive release assembly Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RM1 3712 000CN Gear assembly Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RM1 3714 000CN RM1 3715 O00CN Pick up roller gear assembly Registration assembly Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RM1 3716 O00CN Tray 1 pickup roller assembly Internal components 3 of 6 on page 283 RM1 3722 000CN Cartridge door assembly Covers on page 275 RM1 3723 000CN Tray 1 cover assembly Covers on page 275 RM1 3724 000CN Rear cover assembly Covers on page 275 RM1 3727 000CN Roller assembly bottom plate Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RM1 3740 000CN Fuser 110 127 V Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 RM1 3741 O00CN RM1 3742 000CN RM1 3743 000CN Fuser 220 240 V Flag assembly full detect Flag assembly face down Internal components 5 of 6 on page 287 Covers on page 275 Covers on page 275 RM1 3746 000CN RM1 3748 000CN Fixing drive side plate assembly Pendulum assembly Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 Internal components 2 of 6 on page 281 RM1 3749 000CN Roller assembly face down Internal components 6 of 6 on page 289 RM1 3757 000CN RM1 3758 000CN Transfer guide assembly lower
225. of jams The device is jammed Cause Solution The media does not meet specifications Use only media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 A component is installed incorrectly Verify that the print cartridge is correctly installed You are using media that has already passed through a device or copier Do not use media that has been previously printed on or copied An input tray is loaded incorrectly Remove any excess media from the input tray Make sure that the stack is below the maximum stack height mark in the tray See Install trays on page 23 The media is skewed The input tray guides are not adjusted correctly Adjust them so they hold the stack firmly in place without bending it The media is binding or sticking together Remove the media flex it rotate it 180 or flip it over Reload the media into the input tray The media is removed before it settles into the output bin During two sided printing you removed the paper before the second side of the document was printed Reset the device Wait until the page completely settles in the output bin before removing it Reset the device and print the document again Wait until the page completely settles in the output bin before removing it The media is in poor condition The internal tray rollers are not picking up the media Replace the media If the media is heavier than 1
226. oller locating 68 removing 182 transfer stage 66 Index 351 transfer unit warranty 320 transparencies HP ordering 318 sizes supported 19 tray 1 jams clearing 220 load error message 212 loading 23 locating 5 media types supported 19 paper sizes supported 18 parts diagrams 262 pickup roller removing 186 rollers 68 sensors 62 263 sensors removing 173 solenoid diagrams 264 solenoid removing 166 troubleshooting 200 tray 2 diagrams 261 jams clearing 220 loading 25 locating 5 media types supported 19 paper sizes supported 18 part numbers 290 parts diagrams 262 pickup roller removing 187 rollers 68 sensors 62 263 solenoid diagrams 264 solenoid removing 167 tray 3 jams clearing 220 locating 5 media types supported 19 models including 2 paper sizes supported 18 partnumber 271 315 trays ADF input removing 82 configuring 26 included 2 jams clearing 220 load message 204 locating 5 Macintosh settings 53 media types supported 19 paper path tests 232 352 Index paper sizes supported 18 rollers 68 sensors 62 separation pad removing 189 status viewing with HP Easy Printer Care 48 troubleshooting 200 243 troubleshooting Alert Settings window HP Easy Printer Care 48 blank pages 244 blurred print 259 boot up key sequences 226 communications 225 configuration page printing 194 control panel display 193 control panel messages numerical 201 curled paper 243 256 dropouts 252 dup
227. on page Supplies Status Shows the life remaining of HP supplies with 0 percent indicating that a supply is empty This page also provides supplies part numbers To order new supplies click Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left side of the window Event log Shows a list of all device events and errors Usage page Shows a summary of the number of pages the device has printed grouped by size and type Device Information Shows the device network name address and model information To change these entries click Device Information on the Settings tab Control Panel Shows messages from the device control panel such as Ready or Sleep mode on Print Allows you to send print jobs to the device Settings tab Provides the ability to configure the device from your computer EZ Configure Device Allows you to configure device settings This page contains the traditional menus found on devices using a control panel display E mail Server Network only Used in conjunction with the Alerts page to set up incoming and outgoing e mail as well as to set e mail alerts Alerts Network only Allows you to set up to receive e mail alerts for various device and supplies events AutoSend Allows you to configure the device to send automated e mails regarding device configuration and supplies to specific e mail addresses Security Allows you to set a password that must be entered to gain access to the Settings and
228. on procedure changes Take special note of the total page count maintenance count and the serial number 226 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW e Manufacturing e Skip calibration Low level boot up key sequence for selecting a language performing a cold reset and enabling and disabling embedded LAN 1 Turn off the device 2 Turn on the device 3 When the control panel display shows that the device has begun to count the memory press and hold the 6 key 4 When the LED lights turn on release the 6 key 5 Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll through the options select language cold reset embedded LAN enable and embedded LAN disable and then press the 6 key to select the option you want The device continues the power on sequence Medium level boot up key sequence for initializing disks 1 Turn off the device 2 Turn on the device 3 When the control panel display shows that the device has begun to count the memory press and hold the 5 key 4 When the LED lights turn on release the 5 key EA NOTE Initialize disks is the only option available when using the medium level boot up key sequence 5 Press the 6 key to select Initialize disks The device continues the power on sequence High level boot up key sequence for NVRAM initialization manufacturing and skipping disk load and calibration 1 Turn off the device 2 Turn on the device 3 When the control panel display shows that the device
229. ons Disconnect and reconnect the cable at the computer and the device Test the cable by trying it on another computer Make sure that the print job is being sent to the correct port LPT1 or network printer port for example Make sure that you are using the correct printer driver See the user guide Reinstall the printer driver See the getting started guide Check that the computer port is configured and working correctly Try connecting another device to that port and printing If you are using the PS driver to print set Print PS Errors on the General Print Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu to On and then try again to print the job Make sure that Personality on the General Print Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu is set to Auto You might be missing a device message that could help you solve the problem On the Warning Error Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu at the device control panel temporarily turn off the Clearable Warnings and Auto Continuable Events settings Then try again to print the job APS error page or list of commands prints The device might have received a nonstandard PS code For this print job set the Personality on the General Print Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu to PS After the job has printed return the setting to Auto Make sure that the print job is a PS job and that you are using the PS driver The device might have received PS c
230. ooked pages 247 256 curled paper troubleshooting 256 custom paper sizes supported 18 customer support embedded Web server links 51 HP Printer Utility pages 53 online 322 repacking device 324 D date code service ID 228 346 Index declaration of conformity 338 Default Job Options menu 230 default settings Device Behavior menu 230 Resets menu 230 density settings 53 troubleshooting 250 developing stage 65 Device Behavior menu 230 Device List HP Easy Printer Care 48 Device Status HP Easy Printer Care 48 diagnostics control panel 232 engine 234 formatter 235 digital sending error messages 211 213 DIMMs accessing 5 enabling for Windows 34 error messages 207 installing 30 partnumbers 271 315 types available 342 verifying installation 34 disk errors 209 installing 35 removing 36 113 disposal end of life 334 documentation ordering 270 dots troubleshooting 251 258 double sided printing error messages 210 Macintosh settings 53 paper sizes supported 18 troubleshooting 244 downloading software 7 dpi settings 53 drive assembly diagrams 261 drivers included 3 ordering 270 preconfiguration 9 selecting 9 settings 10 11 supported 8 system requirements 7 universal 9 Update Now 9 dropouts troubleshooting 252 drum cleaning stage 67 duplexer error messages 210 jams clearing 222 Macintosh settings 53 models including 2 rollers 68 duplexing paper sizes supported 18 troubleshooting 244 E e label
231. ooting Chapter contents ENWW Troubleshooting process Control panel messages Clear jams Interface troubleshooting Service mode functions Troubleshooting tools Firmware updates and recovery Troubleshoot general printing problems Troubleshoot media handling problems Troubleshoot print quality problems Diagrams Chapter contents 191 Troubleshooting process Troubleshooting tree Initial check y Power ON Does the control panel indicate an error Is the printer ready Can you perform an engine test See Understanding printer messages Ye s Perform an engine test Does media jam See Clearing jams No See Correcting print quality defects Do image defects occur Does the control panel indicate an error Yes C D Figure 6 1 Basic troubleshooting 192 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting See General problems ENWW Troubleshooting flowchart If the device is not responding correctly use the flowchart to determine the problem If the device does not pass a step follow the corresponding troubleshooting suggestions 1 Does the control panel display show READY ENWW YES gt Go to step 2 Nov The control panel display is blank and the device fan is off e Turn the device off and then turn it on again e Check the power cord
232. operational Digital send communication error The device is unable to connect to the Digital Sending Software Make sure that the Digital Sending Software is running and that the Digital Sending Software and the device are on the network Document feeder cover open The document feeder ADF cover is open Close the document feeder ADF cover Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box Document feeder empty Document feeder pick error The document feeder ADF does not contain paper The document feeder ADF experienced an error while picking media Load paper in the document feeder ADF input tray Make sure that your original contains no more than 50 pages Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box If this message appears frequently clean the ADF roller assembly see Clean the ADF on page 40 If after cleaning the ADF roller assembly the message persists replace the ADF roller assembly E mail Gateway did not accept the job because the attachment was too large The scanned documents have exceeded the size limit of the e mail gateway Send the job again using a lower resolution smaller file size setting or fewer pages See Use the embedded Web server on page 49 to learn how to reduce the size of the attachment Contact the network administrator to enable sending the scanned documents by using multiple e mails E mail Gateway did not respond Job failed
233. other trays complete the following procedure 1 Slide the tray out of the device and remove any damaged paper from the tray 2 Ifthe edge of the paper is visible in the feed area slowly pull the paper down and out of the device If the paper is not visible look in the front door area EA NOTE Do not force the paper if it will not move easily If the paper is stuck in a tray try removing it through the tray above if applicable or through the front door area 220 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 3 Before replacing the tray make sure the paper is flat in the tray at all four corners and below the tabs on the guides 4 Open and close the front door and then touch OK on the touchscreen to clear the jam message If a jam message persists there is still media in the device Look for media in other locations ENWW Clear jams 221 Clear jams from the duplexer 1 Remove tray 2 from the device 2 Push the green button on the top right front of the tray 2 opening to access the duplex paper path 3 Reach in and pull out the jammed paper 4 Push the bottom of the duplex access plate back up until it clicks into place on both sides both sides need to be engaged
234. ou can use the HP Easy Printer Care software when the device is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network To download the HP Easy Printer Care software go to www hp com go easyprintercare Supported operating systems For information about supported operating systems go to www hp com go easyprintercare Supported browsers To use the HP Easy Printer Care software you must have one of the following browsers e Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 or later e Netscape Navigator 7 0 or later e Opera Software ASA Opera 6 05 or later All pages can be printed from the browser Other components and utilities 14 Windows Macintosh OS e Software installer automates the printing system e PostScript Printer Description files PPDs use with the installation Apple PostScript drivers that come with the Mac OS e Online Web registration e The HP Printer Utility change device settings view status and set up printer event notification from a Mac This utility is supported for Mac OS X V10 2 8 V10 3 V10 4 and later eee ey Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Media specifications The device accepts a variety of media such as cut sheet paper including up to 100 recycled fiber content paper envelopes labels transparencies and custom size paper Properties such as weight composition grain and moisture content are important factors that affect device performance and output quality Med
235. p com support net_printing for information about the HP Jetdirect external print server HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE is a suite of Web based troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and printing products Go to instantsupport hp com Telephone support HP provides free telephone support during the warranty period For the telephone number for your country region see the flyer that shipped with the device or visit www hp com support Before calling HP have the following information ready the product name and serial number the date of purchase and a description of the problem Software utilities drivers and electronic information www hp com go LUM3027mfp_software or www hp com go LJM3035mfp_software The Web page for the drivers is in English but you can download the drivers themselves in several languages HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies e United States www hp com sbso product supplies e Canada www hp ca catalog supplies e Europe www hp com supplies e Asia Pacific www hp com paper To order genuine HP parts or accessories go to the HP Parts Store at www hp com buy parts U S and Canada only or call 1 800 538 8787 U S or 1 800 387 3154 Canada HP service information To locate HP Authorized Dealers call 1 800 243 9816 U S or 1 800 387 3867 Canada Outside the United States and Canada call the customer support number for your country region Se
236. page 90 2 Disconnect one cable callout 1 from the fax accessory Figure 5 32 Removing the fax accessory 1 of 2 ENWW Fax accessory 111 3 Slide the fax accessory toward the back and out of the device Figure 5 33 Removing the fax accessory 2 of 2 112 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Disk drive 1 Remove the right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 and the formatter shield see Formatter shield on page 95 2 Disconnect two cables callout 1 and remove one screw callout 2 Figure 5 34 Removing the disk drive 1 of 3 3 Slide the disk drive up slightly to clear three tabs from the tab slots callout 3 in Figure 5 35 Removing the disk drive 2 of 3 on page 114 and then lift the disk drive away from the device x 1O Reinstallation tip Upon reinstallation make sure that all three tabs are inserted correctly 3 gt into the slots Also make sure that the screw hole tab on the disk drive housing is on top of the tab in the device B NOTE If you are replacing the disk drive complete the additional steps below If you are removing the disk drive in order to replace the formatter or other parts there is no need to complete the remaining steps in this section ENWW Disk drive 113 4 Remove two screws callout 4 from the metal housing he Figure 5 35 Removing the disk drive 2 of 3 114 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Open the metal hous
237. panel LEDs are on i 5 6 Note which LEDs are on and which LEDs are off and compare the combination to Table 6 4 Early boot diagnostic test on page 233 Table 6 4 Early boot diagnostic test Test Ready Data Attention Test Ready Data Attention A E B F Cc G D H Turn the device off Reseat the formatter and make sure that all formatter connectors are seated correctly Remove any installed memory DIMM especially if the combination of LEDs indicated LED status D E F G or H Check control panel connections Turn the device on If the power on sequence fails again and the combination of LEDs is the same combination of LEDs as the first time it failed replace the formatter NOTE Ifthe device passes the early boot diagnostic test the formatter is working correctly and should not be replaced Troubleshooting tools 233 Test pages Printing test pages helps you determine whether or not the device engine and the formatter are functioning Ey NOTE Information pages also can be used to solve device issues See Use information pages on page 45 Engine test page To verify that the device engine is functioning print an engine test page To print an engine test page press the engine test page switch callout 1 Figure 6 3 Locating the engine test page switch The test page should have a series of horizontal lines The test page prints from
238. problems with the device Message type Description Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the device They inform you of normal device operation and require no interaction to clear them They change as the state of the device changes Whenever the device is ready not busy and has no pending warning messages the status message Ready appears if the device is online Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors These messages typically alternate with the Ready or status messages and remain until you touch OK Some warning messages are clearable If Clearable Warnings is set to Job on the device Device Behavior menu the next print job clears these messages Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed such as adding paper or clearing ajam Some error messages are auto continuable If Auto Continue is set on the menus the device will continue normal operation after an auto continuable error message appears for 10 seconds Ey NOTE Pressing any button during the 10 second auto continuable error message overrides the auto continue feature and the button function takes precedence For example pressing the Stop button pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job Critical errormessages Critical error messages inform you of a device failure Some of these messages can be cleared by turning the device off and then on These messages
239. r If after checking the cables the message persists replace the fuser see Fuser on page 139 If after replacing the fuser the message persists replace the ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 If after replacing the ECU the message persists replace the high voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 51 XY ERROR To continue turn offthenon A temporary printing error has occurred Turn the device off and then turn the device on Check the cable connections between the laser scanner and the ECU If after checking the cables the message persists replace the laser scanner see Laser scanner on page 142 If after replacing the laser scanner the message persists replace the ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 52 00 ERROR A laser scanner motor error has occurred Laser scanner motor rotation is verified at the initialization of a print job Verify that the laser scanner motor connector and the ribbon cable from the ECU are firmly seated on the laser scanner assembly Verify that the laser scanner motor connector is firmly seated in connector J402 on the ECU You might have to remove the main cooling fan to see this connection Verify that the ribbon cable installed in connector J403 on the ECU is fully seated You must remove the ECU in order to verify this connection If after checking the cables the message persists r
240. r Print job prints on both sides of the paper Cause Solution The device is set for duplexing See the user guide to change the setting or see the online Help Print job contains only one page but the device also processes the back side of the page the page comes part of the way out and then goes back into the device Cause Solution The device is set for duplexing Even if the print job contains only one page the device also processes the back side See the user guide to change the setting or see the online Help Do not try to pull the page out of the device before duplexing is complete Jamming might result Pages print but are totally blank Cause Solution The sealing tape might still be in the print cartridge The file might have blank pages Remove the print cartridge and pull out the sealing tape Reinstall the print cartridge Check the file to make sure that it does not contain blank pages The print cartridge is empty Replace the print cartridge The device prints but the text is wrong garbled or incomplete Cause Solution The device cable is loose or defective Disconnect the device cable and reconnect it Try a print job that you know works If possible attach the cable and device to another computer and try a print job that you know works Finally try a new cable Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW The device prints
241. r acquires a negative charge through friction from the developing cylinder and the blade When the negatively charged toner comes in contact with the drum the toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image The image on the drum becomes visible because of the toner Step 4 Transfer The transfer charging roller to which a dc positive bias is applied imparts a positive charge on the print media When the print media comes in contact with the photosensitive drum the toner is transferred to the print media Transfer roller i TTT Figure 4 14 Transfer Step 5 Separation The elasticity of the print media causes its separation from the photosensitive drum A static charge eliminator aids separation by weakening any electrostatic adhesion Electrostatic eliminator Transfer roller Figure 4 15 Separation 66 Chapter4 Theory of operation ENWW Step 6 Fusing The dc negative bias applied to the fusing film strengthens the holding force of the toner on the print media and prevents the toner from scattering Fuser film Fuser film Fuser heater Media Pressure roller Pressure roller Figure 4 16 Fusing Step 7 Drum cleaning The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off of the photosensitive drum and deposits it into the waste toner case Figure 4 17 Drum cleaning ENWW Basic operation 67 Internal components Figure 4 18 Cross section of device on page 68 highlights th
242. r see Clear jams from the tray 1 feed roller moves paper into the paper input tray areas on page 220 path When solenoid SL1 is energized a clutch mechanism allows the paper stackin 2 Verify that the type and quality of the tray 1 to lift and then allows the feed roller to media that you are using meet rotate one time to move the paper into the HP specifications See Media paper path specifications on page 15 3 Verify that the media is loaded correctly and that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack of media 4 Verify that the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad are installed correctly 5 Verify that solenoid SL1 is firmly seated in ECU connector J508 Verify that SL1 is being energized by removing the cover and observing the solenoid during a feed operation 6 Open and close the cartridge door to clear the error message 202 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action 13 05 00 Jam inside front door Paper failed to reach the delivery sensor within a specified period of time when a print job was initiated When troubleshooting paper jams always observe where the leading edge of the paper stops in the jam 1 Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box or see Clear jams from the input tray areas on page 220 2 Verify that nothing is obstructing paper movement within the p
243. reader removing 175 e mail alerts 53 Easy Printer Care about 47 Easy Printer Care software downloading 14 EconoMode setting 38 ECU operations 62 removing 131 EIO cards buffer overflow 204 errors 204 210 installing 35 partnumbers 271 315 removing 36 slots 6 electrical specifications 328 electrostatic discharge ESD 77 embedded Web server 13 49 235 end of life disposal 334 energy specifications 328 Energy Star compliance 3 engine control unit operations 62 removing 131 engine controller assembly 261 engine controller PCA 265 engine test 234 envelopes sizes supported 18 wrinkled troubleshooting 257 ENWW environment for printer location requirements 22 specifications 22 329 environmental stewardship program 333 error messages Alert Settings HP Easy Printer Care 48 e mail alerts 53 event log 231 numerical list 201 types of 201 ESD electrostatic discharge 77 European Union waste disposal 335 event log clearing 228 viewing 231 extended warranty 325 e mail error messages 211 e mail errors 213 F face down roller shaft removing 177 fans diagrams 264 left side removing 148 right side removing 128 FastRes 3 fax accessory models including 2 removing 111 settings 231 fax cover removing 96 fax port locating 6 fax rail removing 104 fax reports printing 46 231 FCC statement 331 features 2 3 feed guide assembly removing 156 feed roller 68 file directory printing 46 File Upload Macintosh 5
244. reely Stapler testing to be performed after the device is fully reassembled WARNING Incorrect reinstallation of the stapler can cause the stapler door switch to operate incorrectly resulting in a safety hazard Test the stapler for correct operation before releasing the device back to the customer Final stapler test procedure Test 1 Does the stapler operate correctly when the stapler door is closed With the stapler door closed use the stapler to staple several sheets of paper together The stapler should staple the sheets Test 2 safety switch test Does the stapler operate when the stapler door is open Open the stapler door and attempt to use the stapler to staple several sheets of paper together When the stapler and stapler door safety switch are operating correctly the open door cuts power to the stapler and the stapler does not staple the sheets ENWW Stapler 121 A WARNING Do not release the device back to the customer unless the stapler passes both of the tests fthe stapler fails either test remove the stapler and then reinstall it by carefully following the installation steps shown in this manual Ifthe stapler continues to fail one or both tests replace the stapler and the stapler power supply If the staple activates when the stapler door is open and the stapler cannot be repaired without ordering parts disconnect the stapler power supply before reassembling the device and before you leave the
245. s directly from the database of an LDAP server instead of from a replicated LDAP Address Book e Address Book Allows you to add a predefined list of destination addresses in the form of a comma separated value CSV file to be imported into the internal address book of the device e Log Allows you to view digital sending job information including any errors that occur e Preferences Allows you to configure general settings for the digital sending features Networking tab Network administrators can use this tab to control network related settings for the device when it is connected to an IP based network This tab does not appear if the device is Provides the ability to change directly connected to a computer or if the device is connected to a network using anything network settings from your other than an HP Jetdirect print server computer B NOTE The Networking tab can be password protected Other links e HP Instant Support Connects you to the HP Web site to help you find solutions This service analyzes your device error log and configuration information to provide Contains links that connect you to diagnostic and support information specific to your device the Internet e Order Supplies Connects to the HP SureSupply Web site where you will receive information on options for purchasing original HP supplies such as print cartridges and paper e Product Support Connects to the support site for the device from which
246. s eer inc Pa I a ISAN oe LZH ZZS He vas s ba szs z tos 8 r 8 6L H 6 S ASt Med c OES HB v ASt LNONY4 4 g 5 S8Ss HB S AS LOO INVA ake zs ges 9 Aas ano 18 s gE fa zes H 2 an9 g ses 8 GND 3 2 oO LES H 6 GND 3 2 E zes H ol GNO warti Ea ae fal 5 rat ees Lp LL 1490 jS z zoja VS im ves Hm zL n0s E a 6H ses Hp e os 2 O ges Hm vi ag 8 amp a LH LES H St HLW3 ON9 uze PTT is tet SNSMd z TA x 2 ges HB 91 LOGA uret z zs bez 1 1E z eis a S s4 ces HB Zi LOA uvet Tel esles O LI 08s ovs HB 81 YLW GND upz ano p vs r oO 2 i 2 3 eH LYS HB 61 ZOGA urzHane Tal ss h s D gt a eC z Zvs H oz Zoa ubzHano 9 osteo Q El LH eps H iz 4LW4 ON9 AE E zU whe 5 s 5 7 D 9 S g ne e e ss Lee eeano e es Be D ro 2 ne s GN9 for os Bo S 8 X joy snsowo fi us Hei O 4 2 NS fe g Ae e O SNsdol E ess 5 2 e SNSMd_ ZL zis Hm zi S 2S Hz an9 2 o 9 ass g 6 O vnl eh eis HB er z Fo TE SNS1SO D Acer S i Ww SNSdOU pt ris Hert a 4st g avau ery sis Hes 5 8 Woes 2 8 SNSdNd for as Hao S za 8 2 lt 9H99YYd zit zis Haz 2 Ro O oes _ l m SHOOVAC BH sis HB gL a sez neet D 3 J 25 27E of ano yoowud Jek es ee EO Eg Afk as E SNSdW MONUL oz ozs HB oz S iz oO o 2 l WMdoddd Z IZS HB z a g 3 WMduL zz ZZS H zz Bk a yooaud eed ezs HB ez e 2 MOdHL z ves HB vz ne 2 2a 3 L YL yoowad se szs Hm sz a oO z9vL WMdOGAdC 9z 9ZS HB
247. s in the U S go to http www hp com go hpparts Outside the United States order parts by contacting your local authorized HP service center Supplies and accessories To order supplies in the U S go to http www hp com go ljsupplies To order supplies worldwide go to http www hp com ghp buyonline html To order accessories go to www hp com support LUM3027mfp or www hp com support LUM3035mfp Order through service or support providers To order a part or accessory contact an HP authorized service or support provider Order directly through the embedded Web server for printers that are connected to a network Use the following steps to order printing supplies directly through the embedded Web server 1 3 In the Web browser on the computer type the IP address or host name of the device The status window opens In the Other links area double click Order Supplies This provides a URL for a site from which you can purchase consumables Select the part numbers that you want to order and follow the instructions on the screen Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software HP Easy Printer Care software is a printer management tool designed to make printer configuration monitoring supplies ordering troubleshooting and updating as simple and efficient as possible For more information about HP Easy Printer Care software go to http www hp com go easyprintercare 314 Appendix A Supplies and acc
248. s teen aae tees eee enaaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeaaes 322 HP Easy Printer Care Software oecececccncciniiii reinii eee NE EEE 323 HP support and information for Macintosh computers 2 eeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 323 HP maintenance agreements soceciraciireriiii tin iira EEEE EEEE TEE EEE 324 On site service agreements 0 0 eee ttteee tere etttee teeter tenes eset taaeeeeeeeetaaeeeeeeeetieeeeeeee 324 Next day on site Service ec cieiicceceeieasidiedeneeaadiee erie ataceeientnasiactaecnasiaaeasneatade 324 Weekly volume on site service eee ceeeeceeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteeenaaaees 324 Repacking the device eision a cedecde neh fauceestashibectedcyabaayeeredesiiei ees 324 Extended warranty sisceccesssccdaccagissnadeadesias edt ects sade de oinabe aarti sa daeds os sneha dense 325 Appendix C Specifications Physical specifications 0 0 ccecceeeeeeee ee eenne rete ennne etre te nea ae eee eeeeeaa neers eeeeaaaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeineeeeeeeeaas 328 Electrical SpECINCATONS ciccctac ieiereiecceiulagcteeteaskais a E E Nei uenea rd nena 328 ACOUSTIC EMISSIONS aiiiar aeania a iaia ian e aada aaaea 329 pera ng SEnvirOnMeNt senesced niano aA EAA KERAN ARAA NERE T 329 Appendix D Regulatory information FCC reQulatlons sanes a EEE A R aa EAA a AEA 332 Environmental product stewardship program ccceeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseceeeeececsensanaeeaeeees 333 Protecting the environment ss
249. se the information in this section to upgrade the firmware The overall process involves the following steps 1 Determine the current level of firmware that is installed on the device 2 Goto the HP Web site and find out whether a firmware update is available If an update is available download the latest firmware to your computer 3 Transfer the new firmware from your computer to the device B NOTE If after attempting to update the firmware code the device does not return to the Ready state perform the following procedures Try the firmware update again Perform the NVRAM init procedure See Service mode functions on page 226 If the device still does not reach the Ready state replace the formatter See Formatter on page 116 Determine the current level of firmware The current level of firmware is shown on the configuration page To print a configuration page touch Administration touch Configuration Status Pages touch Configuration Page and then touch Print The firmware datecode is listed in the section called Device Information The firmware datecode has this format YYYYMMDD XX XXX X The first string of numbers is the date where YYYY represents the year MM represents the month and DD represents the date For example a firmware datecode of that begins with 20040225 represents February 25 2004 Download the new firmware from the HP Web site To find the most recent firmware upgrade for the device go to www
250. ser see Left side riser on page 138 e Access plate see Access plate on page 144 e Fuser see Fuser on page 139 e Oblique roller assembly see Oblique roller assembly on page 146 e Left side fan see Left side fan on page 148 fe Tip You do not have to unroute the left side fan cable in order to remove the HVPS 3 gt or the feed guide assembly After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis simply set the fan down on the workspace e _High voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 2 Lift one non captive grounding spring see callout 9 in Figure 5 76 Grounding spring locations on page 155 out of the device 3 Loosen the grounding wire from the routing guides see callout 1 in Figure 5 77 Removing the feed quide assembly 1 of 2 on page 157 AN CAUTION Do not bend or remove the grounding wire 156 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Remove two screws callout 2 Figure 5 77 Removing the feed guide assembly 1 of 2 ENWW Feed guide assembly 157 5 Onthe edge of the assembly that is farthest from you lift the right corner up twist the assembly counterclockwise and remove the assembly from the device Figure 5 78 Removing the feed guide assembly 2 of 2 oF Reinstallation tip Make sure that the loosened grounding wire is out of the way before reinstalling the feed guide assembly 158 Chapter 5 Removal and replacemen
251. shooting ENWW 5 Does the device receive a fax ENWW YES gt Go to step 6 Nov Too many telephone Make sure that the device is the only device on the telephone line and try again to receive the fax devices are plugged in or telephone devices are not connected in the correct order The telephone cord Verify that the device is connected to an analog fax line does not meet specifications The device fax Review the device fax settings See the user guide settings are set incorrectly If the error persists replace the fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 Troubleshooting process 197 6 Can you print from a program YES gt Go to step 7 Nov The job will not print If the job will not print and a message appears on the control panel display see Control panel messages on page 201 By using the computer check to see if the device has been paused Press Stop to continue If the device is on a network print a configuration page See Use information pages on page 45 If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed a Jetdirect page also prints Check the Jetdirect configuration page to verify that the network protocol status and settings are correct for the device If the device is on a network check that you are printing to the correct device To verify that no network problem exists connect the computer directly to the device Check the interface cable connecti
252. t ENWW Main motor ENWW 1 Remove the following components All of the covers See Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 Formatter see Formatter on page 116 Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 Left side riser see Left side riser on page 138 Access plate see Access plate on page 144 Fuser see Fuser on page 139 Oblique roller assembly see Oblique roller assembly on page 146 Left side fan see Left side fan on page 148 O Tip You do not have to unroute the left side fan cable in order to remove the HVPS 23 the feed guide assembly or the main motor After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis simply set the fan down on the workspace High voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 Feed guide assembly see Feed quide assembly on page 156 Main motor 159 2 Remove three screws callout 1 from the main motor cover and then lift the cover out of the device Figure 5 79 Removing the main motor 1 of 2 A WARNING The teeth on the static eliminator sheet are sharp Be careful not to cut yourself on the static eliminator teeth when removing screws in the area of the main motor 160 Chapter 5 Remova
253. t engine general structure 60 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW E CPU IC401 Laser scanner unit L 1 High voltage 1 power supply circuit 1 I Low voltage power supply circuit Fan motor drive control circuit Figure 4 6 Engine control unit circuit diagram EA NOTE Figure 6 11 ECU connections on page 268 shows the ECU connections generation circuit Control IC IC201 Figure 4 7 LVPS circuit diagram oo a a a aa a a a a aE T Low voltage power supp ly circuit ECU ow voltage power supply circuit ng ee ee 1 l I l l T Fuser heater l I control circuit r a 1 I a d Power switch I SW501 Transformer l 424V T201 5V l j oe E J Wi 3 3V 3 3V ENWW Basic operation 61 Pickup feed delivery system The pickup feed delivery system consists of several types of feed rollers and sensors The ECU uses two motors and two solenoids to drive the rollers Three media detection sensors detect media as it passes through the device If media does not reach or pass each sensor within a specified time period the ECU determines that a jam has occurred and alerts the formatter The following components work together to feed media through the device Figure 4 8 Pickup feed delivery system block diagram M1 main motor M2 fuser motor SL1 tray 1 pickup solenoid SL2 tray 2 pickup solenoid PS502 duplexer media detectio
254. t print switch PCA 7 Tray 1 media present sensor PS902 on tray 1 sensor PCA 8 Media width sensor PS903 on page width sensor PCA 9 Top of page sensor PS901 on top of page sensor PCA 10 Duplex sensor PS502 on high voltage power supply PCA Diagrams 263 Motors fans and solenoids Figure 6 7 Motors fans and solenoids HP LaserJet M3027 M3035 1 Fuser motor M2 2 Main motor M1 3 Tray 1 pickup solenoid SL1 4 Main fan right side fan FM1 5 Tray 2 pickup solenoid SL2 6 Sub fan left side fan FM2 264 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW PCAs Figure 6 8 PCAs Paper width sensor PCA PS903 Top of page sensor PCA PS901 a fo O D a 3 lt O ai oO 2 OD fa amp n O 7 gt fet Dlg D u E T e A t ae Diagrams 265 ENWW Wiring diagrams The following figures show wiring and circuitry layout of the HP LaserJet M3027 M3035
255. tered marks of the United States Environmental Protection Agency Table of contents 1 Product Information Chapter Come Mts niesienia chadnatenanda a ead dtagdanavensduacenevanadeeevas aaa aa aa 1 DG VICE CONTIQUIATIONS asasi a AAE A haces cada baeee dead ia eee A AA liens 2 FOAUMOS nurin can danaausant wansadadeaeneaedceddanaamenccsunswaesinesdeaadeadeeadue Vagieuda tens vise dacasie dead a EE 3 Walkaround oeisio vaaandaeavivatadaddaaveahaudedeuuungududaaavasandavaeadessauaceecaatendtanmaanncaeteass 5 Device DAMS esis fcsnsed cxcticeceaetae cece sdaadndanexetaeand cadues fidana aei sans csedshensaulenevadansoasseeetanwcanetaasundecsdiaadde 5 Interface POMS os eveeds ccc siaduei secre seaemey des eked eat sda ee wade hee caveat near eae ae eet eee 6 Device software cee cee cee ceeeeeccee cece eee eee e eet e tate ee eee ae eae ce eee ee eset eta cae eaaaeeaeceseeseeeeeeeeegseeeaaeaeeseeseeeeeeeeeenenes 7 Supported operating Systems 2 ccccccece eee ee cece cece eee aeaaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeee te sgeaaaaaeaanaaceeseeeeeeeees 7 Minimum system requirements ccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeseeeeaaeeeeseeeaeeeeeseenaeeees 7 S pported printer CHIVES issan aa a ceeds dene TATE EEEE iE 8 Select the correct printer driver ccecceceeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeescaaacaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecececasaeeeeeeeees 9 Universal printer drivers ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeencecaecaeecaeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetete
256. the gear assembly plate when reinstalling the screws Figure 5 83 Reinstalling the gear assembly ENWW Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly 165 Tray 1 solenoid 1 Remove the following components e All covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 e Formatter see Formatter on page 116 e Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 e Right side fan see Right side fan on page 128 e ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 2 Remove one screw callout 1 Figure 5 84 Removing the tray 1 solenoid 3 Lift the solenoid off of the device chassis 166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Tray 2 solenoid 1 Remove the following components e All covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Fax accessory see Fax accessory on page 111 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 e Formatter see Formatter on page 116 e Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 e Right side fan see Right side fan on page 128 e ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 e _High voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 e Gear assembly see Gear assembl
257. the scanner assembly from moving into the correct position If the assembly is blocked open the stapler door and then press down on the stapler as you try to slide the scanner assembly toward the front of the device 92 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 7 Lift the assembly straight up and off of the device Figure 5 15 Removing the scanner assembly 4 of 4 ENWW Automatic document feeder ADF and scanner assemblies 93 Covers Not all covers have to be removed to get to various FRUs Use the list provided in each section to determine which covers and other components must be removed Right side cover 1 Slide the right side cover toward the back of the device Figure 5 16 Removing the right side cover 2 Lift the cover away from the device 94 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Formatter shield 1 Remove the right side cover see Right side cover on page 94 2 Rotate the formatter shield away from the front of the device and then lift it off of its hinges callout 1 at the back of the device Figure 5 17 Removing the formatter shield ENWW Covers 95 Fax cover Pull the fax cover away from the back of the device Figure 5 18 Removing the fax cover 96 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Left side cover 1 Remove two screws callout 1 Figure 5 19 Removing the left side cover 1 of 3 2 Open the cartridge door 3 Open the rear output bin all the way and the
258. the top of page sensor is easily accessible To remove the top of page sensor use a short screwdriver to remove two screws from the sensor cover remove one screw from the sensor unthread the sensor cable and then lift the sensor out of the device 172 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Tray 1 media present sensor and top of page sensor ENWW The tray 1 media present sensor is exposed when the roller stay assembly is removed in step 5 of the pickup assembly removal see Pickup assembly on page 168 To remove the sensor remove one screw callout 1 unthread the sensor cable and then lift the sensor out of the device To remove the top of page sensor remove the pickup assembly see Pickup assembly on page 168 and then remove two screws callout 2 from the sensor cover Lift the sensor cover out of the device to expose the top of page sensor and then remove one screw from the sensor wii e Figure 5 90 Removing the tray 1 media present sensor and the top of page sensor Tray 1 media present sensor and top of page sensor 173 ayes ee ia Figure 5 91 Media width top of page and tray 1 media present sensors P EA NOTE Figure 5 91 Media width top of page and tray 1 media present sensors on page 174 shows three sensors Media width sensor callout 3 which can be removed after removing the high voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 Top of p
259. ting image DA Hiekan ad This type of defect might occur when using preprinted forms or a large quantity of narrow paper 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Run a cleaning page and then print a few more pages to see if the problem persists 3 Make sure that type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications See Media specifications on page 15 4 Measure the distance between two identical defects and see Image defect ruler on page 238 Misformed characters AaBbCc AaBbCc AABLbLCo AaABLbLCo AaBbCc AaBbCc 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met See Operating environment on page 22 3 Reseat cables that are connected to the laser scanner 4 Reseat cables that are connected to the ECU 5 If the image defect persists the laser scanner might be defective Replace the laser scanner See Laser scanner on page 142 6 Inspect the gears in the main drive assembly and replace the assembly if gears are damaged see Gear assembly on page 162 7 The ECU might be defective Replace the ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 ENWW Troubleshoot print quality problems 255 Page skew 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Verify that there are no torn pieces of media inside the d
260. to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warranty is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons TO THE EXTENT
261. upplies status page Shows print cartridge toner levels 1 From the Home screen touch Administration 2 Touch Information 3 Touch Configuration Status Pages 4 Touch Configuration Page 5 Touch Print Ey NOTE Ifthe device contains an HP Jetdirect print server or an optional hard disk drive additional configuration pages print that provide information about those devices 1 From the Home screen touch Administration 2 Touch Information 3 Touch Configuration Status Pages 4 Touch Supplies Status Page 5 Touch Print Ey NOTE Ifyou are using non HP supplies the supplies status page might not show the remaining life for those supplies For more information see HP policy on non HP print cartridges on page 39 Usage page Shows a page count for each size of paper printed the number of one sided simplexed or two sided duplexed pages and the average percentage of coverage 1 From the Home screen touch Administration 2 Touch Information 3 Touch Configuration Status Pages Touch Usage Page 5 Touch Print ENWW Management tools 45 Page description How to print the page File directory 1 From the Home screen touch Administration Contains information for any mass 2 Touch Information storage devices such as flash drives memory cards or hard disks that are 3 Touch Configuration Status Pages installed in the device 4 Touch File Directory 5 Touch
262. upport by the next working day following a service request Extended coverage hours and extended travel beyond HP s designated service zones are available on most on site agreements for additional charges Weekly volume on site service This agreement provides scheduled weekly on site visits for organizations with many HP products This agreement is designated for sites using 25 or more workstation products including devices plotters computers and disk drives Repacking the device If HP Customer Care determines that your device needs to be returned to HP for repair follow the steps below to repack the device before shipping it AN CAUTION Shipping damage as a result of inadequate packing is the customer s responsibility To repack the device 1 Remove and retain any DIMMs cards that you have purchased and installed in the device Do not remove the DIMM that came with the device AN CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs When handling DIMMs either wear an antistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package and then touch bare metal on the device To remove the DIMMs see Install memory on page 30 2 Remove and retain the print cartridge AN CAUTION Itis extremely important to remove the print cartridge before shipping the device A print cartridge that remains in the device during shipping will leak and entirely cover the device engine and other parts with toner
263. ure takes about 2 5 minutes to complete A CLEANING message appears on the device control panel display while the cleaning is taking place In order for the cleaning page to work correctly print the page on copier grade paper not bond heavy or rough paper Create and use the cleaning page 1 2 3 4 5 From the Home screen touch Administration Touch Print Quality Touch Calibration Cleaning Touch Create Cleaning Page The device prints a cleaning page Follow the instructions printed on the cleaning page Clean spilled toner If you spill toner on your clothes wash them in cold water Hot water sets the toner into the fabric 44 Chapter3 Maintenance ENWW Management tools Use information pages From the control panel print pages that give details about the device and its current configuration The table below provides the instructions for printing the information pages Page description How to print the page Menu map Shows the control panel menus and available settings 1 From the Home screen touch Administration 2 Touch Information 3 Touch Configuration Status Pages 4 Touch Administration Menu Map 5 Touch Print The content of the menu map varies depending on the options currently installed in the device For a complete list of control panel menus and possible values see the user guide Configuration page Shows device settings and installed accessories S
264. use the HP Easy Printer Care software However if you click a Web based link you must have Internet access to go to the site associated with the link Open the HP Easy Printer Care software ENWW Use one of the following methods to open HP Easy Printer Care software e On the Start menu select Programs select Hewlett Packard and then select HP Easy Printer Care software e In the Windows system tray in the lower right corner of the desktop double click the HP Easy Printer Care software icon e Double click the desktop icon Management tools 47 HP Easy Printer Care software sections Section Options Device List tab Shows information about each device in the Devices list Device information including device name make and model e An icon if the View as drop down box is set to Tiles which is the default setting e Any current alerts for the device If you click a device in the list the HP Easy Printer Care software opens the Overview tab for that device Supplies Ordering window Provides access to online or e mail supplies ordering e Ordering list Shows the supplies that you can order for each device If you want to order a certain item click the Order check box for that item in the supplies list e Shop Online for Supplies button Opens the HP SureSupply Web site in a new browser window If you have checked the Order check box for any items the information about those items can be tr
265. uthentication the device notifies you whether a cartridge is a genuine HP print cartridge If the device control panel message states that this is not a genuine HP print cartridge and you believe you purchased an HP print cartridge see HP fraud hotline and Web site on page 39 HP fraud hotline and Web site Call the HP fraud hotline 1 877 219 3183 toll free in North America or go to www hp com go anticounterfeit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control panel message says the cartridge is non HP HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following e You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge e The cartridge does not look like it usually does for example the orange pull tab is missing or the packaging differs from HP packaging ENWW Manage supplies 39 Clean the device Over time particles of toner and paper accumulate inside the device This can cause print quality problems during printing Cleaning the device eliminates or reduces these problems Clean the paper path and print cartridge areas every time that you change the print cartridge or whenever print quality problems occur As much as possible keep the device from dust and debris Clean the exterior Use a soft damp lint free cloth to wipe dust smudges and stains off of the exterior of the device
266. ux Web only e Windows Server 2003 32 bit and 64 bit e UNIX model scripts Web only e Windows 2000 e Mac OS XV10 2 8 V10 3 V10 4 and later EA NOTE For Mac OS V10 4 and later PPC and Intel Core Processor Macs are supported Minimum system requirements In order to install and use the device software your computer must meet the following minimum requirements Windows requirements e Pentium II 233 MHz processor e 64 MB of RAM e 35 MB of disk space e SVGA 800x600 16 bit color monitor Macintosh requirements e G3 G4 or G5 PowerPC processor e 128 MB of RAM e 30 to 50 MB of disk space ENWW Device software 7 Supported printer drivers 8 Operating system PCL 5 PCL 6 PS level 3 emulation Windows YW YW YW Mac OS X V10 2 and later Va Linux va Not all device features are available from all drivers or operating systems For Windows 2000 and Windows XP 32 bit and 64 bit download the PCL 5 driver from www hp com go LJM3027mfp_software or www hp com go LJM3035mfp_software For Windows XP 64 bit download the PCL 6 driver from www hp com go LJM3027mfp_software or www hp com go LJM3035mfp_software For Linux download the postscript level 3 emulation driver from www hp com go linuxprinting N w gt The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describes the buttons checkboxes and drop down lists that are in the printer driver
267. ve processes e Electrostatic latent image formation e Developing e Transfer e Fusing e Drum cleaning The five processes contain eight steps which are shown in the figureFigure 4 11 Image formation system on page 64 and described in the following sections Electrostatic latent image formation block lt Media path lt t Rotational direction of the drum Pees aewiciewcewiss se E dee eaten ea Figure 4 11 Image formation system 64 Chapter4 Theory of operation ENWW Step 1 Primary charging Dc and ac biases are applied to the primary charging roller which transfers a uniform negative potential to the photosensitive drum Primary charging roller Figure 4 12 Primary charging Step 2 Laser beam exposure The laser beam scans the photosensitive drum to neutralize negative charges on parts of the drum An electrostatic latent image is formed on the drum where negative charges were neutralized Step 3 Developing ENWW The developing cylinder comes in contact with the photosensitive drum to deposit toner onto the electrostatic latent image EA NOTE The charges on the exposed area of the drum are shown as positive in Figure 4 13 Developing on page 65 The charges are actually negative but they are more positive than the charges on the developing cylinder Blade Stirrer Cylinder Magnet l Developing cylinder Figure 4 13 Developing Basic operation 65 Tone
268. vice control panel menu configurations e View and print internal pages e Receive notification of device and supplies events e View and change the network configuration To use the embedded Web server you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 or later or Netscape Navigator 4 or later The embedded Web server works when the device is connected to an IP based network The embedded Web server does not support IPX based device connections You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server Gaining access to the embedded Web server In a supported Web browser on your computer type the IP address for the device To find the IP address print a configuration page Ex NOTE After you navigate to the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings for and information about the device the Information tab the Settings tab and the Network tab Click the tab that you want to view See the following sections for more information about each tab Information tab ENWW The Information tab contains the following pages e Device Status Shows the device status and the life that remains in HP supplies 0 indicates that a supply is empty This page also shows the type and size of print media that is set for each tray To change the default settings click Change Settings e Configuration page Shows the information that is
269. vice was unable to copy the document If this message persists contact an HP authorized service or support provider See the HP support flyer or go to www hp com support LJM3027mfp or www hp com support LJM3035mfp To temporarily hide this message in order to fax or send to e mail touch Hide Unable to send A network connection is not detected Verify the network connection Contact the network administrator Unable to send fax Please check fax configuration Unable to store job User name or password is incorrect Please re enter The device is unable to send a fax job The device is unable to store a job The user name or password was typed incorrectly Contact the network administrator Also see the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide for additional configuration and troubleshooting information To temporarily hide this message in order to fax or send to e mail touch Hide If this message persists replace the disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 Retype the user name and password User name job name or PIN is missing One or more of the required items has not been selected or typed Select the correct user name and job name and type the correct PIN ENWW Control panel messages 213 Clear jams When clearing jams be very careful not to tear the media If a small piece of media remains in the device it could cause additional jams Common causes
270. wsers must be Java enabled Browsing from an Apple PC is not supported Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh Use the HP Printer Utility to configure and maintain a device from a Mac OS X computer Open the HP Printer Utility Open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10 2 8 1 Open the Finder and then click Applications 2 Click Library and then click Printers 3 Click hp and then click Utilities 4 Double click HP Printer Selector to open the HP Printer Selector 5 Select the device that you want to configure and then click Utility Open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10 3 V10 4 and later 1 In the Dock click the Printer Setup Utility icon B NOTE If the Printer Setup Utility icon does not appear in the Dock open the Finder click Applications click Utilities and then double click Printer Setup Utility 2 Select the device that you want to configure and then click Utility 52 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW HP Printer Utility features ENWW The HP Printer Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list The following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages Item Description Configuration Page Prints a configuration page Supplies Status Shows the device supplies status and provides links for online supplies ordering HP Support File Upload Upload Fonts Provides access to technical assistance online supplies
271. ww hp com support LJM3035mfp to check the latest firmware image version If the latest firmware image version is newer than the one installed on the device upgrade the device 3 Try printing a job from a different software program If the job prints go back to the first program and try printing ENWW Control panel messages 209 Table 6 1 Control panel messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action a different file If the message appears only with a certain software program or print job then the error is in the software program and not in the device If the job fails to print using a different software program then turn off the device and disconnect all cables that connect the device to the network or to a computer 4 Remove any DIMMs and ElO cards and then turn the device on 5 If after removing DIMMs and EIO cards the device behaves normally turn off the device and reinstall DIMMs and ElO cards one by one turning off the device off and then on again each time you reinstall a DIMM or EIO card If a certain DIMM or EIO card causes the message to reappear replace the DIMM or EIO card 6 Reconnect all cables that connect the device to the network or to a computer 7 Ifthe message persists replace the formatter see Formatter on page 116 8X YYYY EIO ERROR To continue turn off then on The EIO accessory card has encountered a critical error as spe
272. x HP LaserJet M3027 plus Automatic two sided printing accessory 33 6 kpbs analog fax Chapter 1 Product Information HP LaserJet M3035 Prints up to 35 ppm on letter sized media and up to 33 ppm on A4 sized media 256 MB total RAM upgradable up to 512 MB Internal 40 GB or larger hard disk 100 sheet tray 1 500 sheet tray 2 50 sheet ADF and 250 sheet output bin Hi Speed USB 2 0 port and EIO slot HP Jetdirect embedded print server for Ethernet 10 100Base T network One open DIMM slot Automatic two sided printing accessory HP LaserJet M3035xs HP LaserJet M3035 plus e 33 6 kpbs analog fax e 20 sheet convenience stapler e _ 500 sheet input tray tray 3 ENWW Features Feature Description Performance 400 MHz processor User interface Control panel help Windows and Macintosh printer drivers Embedded Web server to gain access to support and to order supplies administrator tool for network connected models only HP Easy Printer Care software a Web based status and troubleshooting tool Printer drivers HP PCL 5 HP PCL 6 HP postscript level 3 emulation Resolution FastRes 1200 produces 1200 dots per inch dpi print quality for fast high quality printing of business text and graphics ProRes 1200 produces 1200 dpi printing for the best quality in line art and graphic images Storage features Internal 40 GB or larger hard drive Fonts
273. y 1 pickup roller to release the roller na Figure 5 103 Removing the tray 1 pickup roller 2 Rotate the top of the roller off of the shaft and then lift the roller out of the device 186 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Tray 2 pickup roller B NOTE Also follow these instructions to remove any optional tray pickup rollers 1 Tip the device over on its rear side with the top of the device facing you 2 Rotate the bushings callout 1 on each side of the roller upward a ms i y Al an Hl l i _ ae Figure 5 104 Removing the tray 2 pickup roller 1 of 2 3 Remove the left side bushing by sliding the bushing to the left 4 Slide the roller and shaft toward the left until they clear the hole in the right side bushing and then lift the right end of the shaft ENWW Tray 2 pickup roller 187 5 Slide the roller and shaft toward the right and then lift the roller and shaft together out of the device a t ee A Figure 5 105 Removing the tray 2 pickup roller 2 of 2 188 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Separation pad 9 NOTE To replace a separation pad replace the entire separation pad assembly 1 Pull the tray out of the device 2 Remove two screws callout 1 from the separation pad assembly Figure 5 106 Removing the separation pad 3 Lift the assembly out of the tray ENWW Separation pad 189 190 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 Troublesh
274. y on page 162 2 Remove one screw callout 1 Figure 5 85 Removing the tray 2 solenoid 3 Lift the solenoid off of the device chassis ENWW Tray 2 solenoid 167 Pickup assembly 1 Remove the following components e All of the covers see Covers on page 94 and the ADF scanner assembly see Scanner assembly on page 90 e Disk drive see Disk drive on page 113 e Formatter see Formatter on page 116 e Stapler see Stapler on page 117 and stapler power supply see Stapler power supply on page 123 e ECU see Engine control unit ECU on page 131 e __Left side riser see Left side riser on page 138 e Access plate see Access plate on page 144 e Fuser see Fuser on page 139 e Oblique roller assembly see Oblique roller assembly on page 146 e Left side fan see Left side fan on page 148 sie Q Tip You do not have to unroute the left side fan cable in order to remove the HVPS 23 the feed guide assembly the gear assembly or the pickup assembly After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis simply set the fan down on the workspace e High voltage power supply see High voltage power supply HVPS on page 149 e Feed guide assembly see Feed guide assembly on page 156 e Gear assembly see Gear assembly on page 162 168 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Remove the cables from the cable guide callout 1 and then remove two screws callout 2 from the tray
275. ycled properly processing them to recover valuable plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons of waste from landfills Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials it will not be returned to ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 333 you Your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled responsibly when you participate in the HP Planet Partners program Thank you for being environmentally responsible In many countries regions this product s printing supplies for example print cartridges can be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program An easy to use and free take back program is available in more than 35 countries regions Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package HP print supplies returns and recycling program information Paper Since 1992 HP has offered HP LaserJet supplies return and recycling free of charge In 2004 HP Planet Partners for LaserJet Supplies was available in 85 of the world market where HP LaserJet supplies are sold Postage paid and pre addressed labels are included within the instruction guide in most HP LaserJet print cartridge boxes Labels and bulk boxes are also available through the Web site www hp com recycle Use the label to return empty original HP LaserJet print cartridges only Please do not use this label for non HP cartri
276. you can search for help regarding general topics EA NOTE You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links If you use a dial up connection and did not connect when you first opened the embedded Web server you must connect before you can visit these Web sites Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopen it ENWW Management tools 51 Use HP Web Jetadmin software HP Web Jetadmin is a Web based software solution for remotely installing monitoring and troubleshooting network connected peripherals The intuitive browser interface simplifies cross platform management of a wide range of devices including HP and non HP devices Management is proactive allowing network administrators the ability to resolve issues before users are affected Download this free enhanced management software at www hp com go webjetadmin_ software To obtain plug ins to HP Web Jetadmin click plug ins and then click the download link that is next to the name of the plug in that you want The HP Web Jetadmin software can automatically notify you when new plug ins are available On the Product Update page follow the directions to automatically connect to the HP Web site If installed on a host server HP Web Jetadmin is available to any client through a supported Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 0 for Windows or Netscape Navigator 7 1 for Linux Browse to the HP Web Jetadmin host EA NOTE Bro

HP LaserJet M3027MFP M3035MFP Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents